Compare commits
No commits in common. "master" and "pristine-tar" have entirely different histories.
master
...
pristine-t
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
|
||||
International License Agreement for Non-Warranted Programs
|
||||
|
||||
Part 1 - General Terms
|
||||
|
||||
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE PROGRAM.
|
||||
Adaptec WILL LICENSE THE PROGRAM TO YOU ONLY IF YOU FIRST ACCEPT THE
|
||||
TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BY USING THE PROGRAM YOU AGREE TO THESE
|
||||
TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT,
|
||||
PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNUSED PROGRAM TO THE PARTY (EITHER Adaptec OR
|
||||
ITS RESELLER) FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED IT TO RECEIVE A REFUND OF
|
||||
THE AMOUNT YOU PAID.
|
||||
|
||||
The Program is owned by (Adaptec) or a supplier of Adaptec
|
||||
and is copyrighted and licensed, not sold.
|
||||
|
||||
The term "Program" means the original program and all whole or
|
||||
partial copies of it. A Program consists of machine-readable
|
||||
instructions, its components, data, audio-visual content (such
|
||||
as images, text, recordings, or pictures), and related licensed
|
||||
materials.
|
||||
|
||||
This Agreement includes Part 1 - General Terms and Part 2
|
||||
Country unique Terms and is the complete agreement regarding the
|
||||
use of this Program, and replaces any prior oral or written
|
||||
communications between you and Adaptec. The terms of Part 2 may
|
||||
replace or modify those of Part 1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. License
|
||||
|
||||
Use of the Program
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec grants you a nonexclusive license to use the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may 1) use the Program to the extent of authorizations you
|
||||
have acquired and 2) make and install copies to support the
|
||||
level of use authorized, providing you reproduce the copyright
|
||||
notice and any other legends of ownership on each copy, or
|
||||
partial copy, of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If you acquire this Program as a program upgrade, your
|
||||
authorization to use the Program from which you upgraded is
|
||||
terminated.
|
||||
|
||||
You will ensure that anyone who uses the Program does so only in
|
||||
compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not 1) use, copy, modify, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as provided in this Agreement; 2) reverse assemble,
|
||||
reverse compile, or otherwise translate the Program except as
|
||||
specifically permitted by law without the possibility of
|
||||
contractual waiver; or 3) sublicense, rent, or lease the
|
||||
Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer of Rights and Obligations
|
||||
|
||||
You may transfer all your license rights and obligations under a
|
||||
Proof of Entitlement for the Program to another party by
|
||||
transferring the Proof of Entitlement and a copy of this
|
||||
Agreement and all documentation. The transfer of your license
|
||||
rights and obligations terminates your authorization to use the
|
||||
Program under the Proof of Entitlement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Proof of Entitlement
|
||||
|
||||
The Proof of Entitlement for this Program is evidence of your
|
||||
authorization to use this Program and of your eligibility for
|
||||
future upgrade program prices (if announced) and potential
|
||||
special or promotional opportunities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Charges and Taxes
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec defines use for the Program for charging purposes and
|
||||
specifies it in the Proof of Entitlement. Charges are based on
|
||||
extent of use authorized. If you wish to increase the extent of
|
||||
use, notify Adaptec or its reseller and pay any applicable charges.
|
||||
Adaptec does not give refunds or credits for charges already due or
|
||||
paid.
|
||||
|
||||
If any authority imposes a duty, tax, levy or fee, excluding
|
||||
those based on Adaptec's net income, upon the Program supplied by
|
||||
Adaptec under this agreement, then you agree to pay that amount
|
||||
as Adaptec specifies or
|
||||
supply exemption documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. No Warranty
|
||||
|
||||
SUBJECT TO ANY STATUTORY WARRANTIES WHICH CAN NOT BE EXCLUDED,
|
||||
Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
|
||||
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT
|
||||
AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE PROGRAM OR TECHNICAL SUPPORT,
|
||||
IF ANY. Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTY REGARDING THE CAPABILITY OF THE
|
||||
PROGRAM TO CORRECTLY PROCESS, PROVIDE AND/OR RECEIVE DATE DATA
|
||||
WITHIN AND BETWEEN THE 20TH AND 21ST CENTURIES.
|
||||
|
||||
The exclusion also applies to any of Adaptec's subcontractors,
|
||||
suppliers, or program developers (collectively called
|
||||
"Suppliers").
|
||||
|
||||
Manufacturers, suppliers, or publishers of non-Adaptec Programs may
|
||||
provide their own warranties.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Limitation of Liability
|
||||
|
||||
NEITHER Adaptec NOR ITS SUPPLIERS WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT OR
|
||||
INDIRECT
|
||||
|
||||
DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
|
||||
SAVINGS, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR OTHER ECONOMIC
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF Adaptec IS INFORMED OF THEIR
|
||||
POSSIBILITY. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
|
||||
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE
|
||||
EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. General
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this Agreement affects any statutory rights of
|
||||
consumers that cannot be waived or limited by contract.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec may terminate your license if you fail to comply with the
|
||||
terms of this Agreement. If Adaptec does so, you must immediately
|
||||
destroy the Program and all copies you made of it.
|
||||
|
||||
You agree to comply with applicable export laws and regulations.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec will bring a legal action under this
|
||||
Agreement more than two years after the cause of action arose
|
||||
unless otherwise provided by local law without the possibility
|
||||
of contractual waiver or limitation.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec is responsible for failure to fulfill any
|
||||
obligations due to causes beyond its control.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec does not provide program services or technical support,
|
||||
unless Adaptec specifies otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
The laws of the country in which you acquire the Program govern
|
||||
this Agreement, except 1) in Australia, the laws of the State or
|
||||
Territory in which the transaction is performed govern this
|
||||
Agreement; 2) in Albania, Armenia, Belarus, Bosnia/Herzegovina,
|
||||
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan,
|
||||
Kirghizia, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia
|
||||
(FYROM), Moldova, Poland, Romania, Russia, Slovak Republic,
|
||||
Slovenia, Ukraine, and Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, the laws
|
||||
of Austria govern this Agreement; 3) in the United Kingdom, all
|
||||
disputes relating to this Agreement will be governed by English
|
||||
Law and will be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
|
||||
English courts; 4) in Canada, the laws in the Province of
|
||||
Ontario govern this Agreement; and 5) in the United States and
|
||||
Puerto Rico, and People's Republic of China, the laws of the
|
||||
State of New York govern this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Part 2 - Country-unique Terms
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUSTRALIA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Trade Practices Act 1974 or other
|
||||
legislation and are only limited to the extent permitted by the
|
||||
applicable legislation.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Adaptec is in breach of a condition or warranty implied by the
|
||||
Trade Practices Act 1974, Adaptec's liability is limited to the
|
||||
repair or replacement of the goods, or the supply of equivalent
|
||||
goods. Where that condition or warranty relates to right to
|
||||
sell, quiet possession or clear title, or the goods are of a
|
||||
kind ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use
|
||||
or consumption, then none of the limitations in this paragraph
|
||||
apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANY:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraphs are added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The minimum warranty period for Programs is six months.
|
||||
|
||||
In case a Program is delivered without Specifications, we will
|
||||
only warrant that the Program information correctly describes
|
||||
the Program and that the Program can be used according to the
|
||||
Program information. You have to check the usability according
|
||||
to the Program information within the "money-back guaranty"
|
||||
period.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitations and exclusions specified in the Agreement will
|
||||
not apply to damages caused by Adaptec with fraud or gross
|
||||
negligence, and for express warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INDIA:
|
||||
|
||||
General (Section 6):
|
||||
The following replaces the fourth paragraph of this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
If no suit or other legal action is brought, within two years
|
||||
after the cause of action arose, in respect of any claim that
|
||||
either party may have against the other, the rights of the
|
||||
concerned party in respect of such claim will be forfeited and
|
||||
the other party will stand released from its obligations in
|
||||
respect of such claim.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IRELAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Except as expressly provided in these terms and conditions, all
|
||||
statutory conditions, including all warranties implied, but
|
||||
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, all
|
||||
warranties implied by the Sale of Goods Act 1893 or the Sale of
|
||||
Goods and Supply of Services Act 1980 are hereby excluded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ITALY:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
This Section is replaced by the following:
|
||||
|
||||
Unless otherwise provided by mandatory law, Adaptec is not liable
|
||||
for any damages which might arise.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NEW ZEALAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 or
|
||||
other legislation which cannot be excluded or limited. The
|
||||
Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 will not apply in respect of any
|
||||
goods or services which Adaptec provides, if you require the goods
|
||||
and services for the purposes of a business as defined in that
|
||||
Act.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Programs are not acquired for the purposes of a business
|
||||
as defined in the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, the limitations
|
||||
in this Section are subject to the limitations in that Act.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA:
|
||||
|
||||
Charges (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to the Section:
|
||||
|
||||
All banking charges incurred in the People's Republic of China
|
||||
will be borne by you and those incurred outside the People's
|
||||
Republic of China will be borne by Adaptec.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED KINGDOM:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section at the end of
|
||||
the first paragraph:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitation of liability will not apply to any breach of
|
||||
Adaptec's obligations implied by Section 12 of the Sales of Goods
|
||||
Act 1979 or Section 2 of the Supply of Goods and Services Act
|
||||
1982.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED STATES AND CANADA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Country-unique Terms apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
By continuing with the installation of the Program, you are
|
||||
accepting the terms and conditions above.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,693 +0,0 @@
|
||||
README.TXT
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
Adaptec Command Line Interface Utility (ARCCONF)
|
||||
|
||||
as of May 19, 2015
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Please review this file for important information about issues
|
||||
and errata that were discovered after completion of the standard
|
||||
product documentation. In the case of conflict between various
|
||||
parts of the documentation set, this file contains the most
|
||||
current information.
|
||||
|
||||
The following information is available in this file:
|
||||
|
||||
1. New Features in this Release
|
||||
2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
2.1 Utility Software
|
||||
2.2 Documentation
|
||||
3. Installation and Setup
|
||||
3.1 Installation Instructions
|
||||
3.2 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
3.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
3.4 Remote Access
|
||||
3.5 Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
3.6 SLES Setup
|
||||
3.7 Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
3.8 Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
3.9 RAW Device Setup
|
||||
3.10 maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
3.11 Firmware Downgrade on Series 8 Board Revision "B1"
|
||||
3.12 Uninstallation Issues
|
||||
4. Known Limitations
|
||||
4.1 Login Issues on Windows Domain Server
|
||||
4.2 Hot Spare Issues
|
||||
4.3 Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
4.4 Email Notifications
|
||||
4.5 SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
4.6 Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
4.7 RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
4.8 maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
4.9 ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
4.10 Browser Issues
|
||||
4.11 Remote System Issues
|
||||
4.12 Power Management Issues
|
||||
4.13 RAID 50/RAID 60, Max Drives
|
||||
4.14 RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
4.15 RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
4.16 Verify with Fix
|
||||
4.17 Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
4.18 ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
4.19 ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
4.20 Adaptec Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
4.21 Simple Volume Support
|
||||
4.22 Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
4.23 Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
4.24 Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
4.25 Creating a Support Archive on a Guest OS
|
||||
4.26 Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
4.27 PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
4.28 Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
4.29 Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
4.30 Changing Read and Write Cache Settings for a Logical Drive
|
||||
4.31 Online Help Issues
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
1. New Features in this Release
|
||||
|
||||
o Support for new operating systems
|
||||
o Support for HDD/SSD temperature monitoring
|
||||
o Improved SMART error logging for SAS and SATA devices
|
||||
o Basecode logs and Flash Backup Module hard error logs included in support archive
|
||||
o Enhanced maxView SMTP mail client to comply with highly secured SMTP servers (Gmail, Yahoo, etc)
|
||||
o Open Pegasus 2.13 (maxView CIM Server) upgrade
|
||||
o Re-design of maxView schedule dialog with advanced Primefaces calendar component
|
||||
o Multi-level authentication and access privileges in maxView (Administrator/Standard user)
|
||||
o Installer change: install GUI, Agent and CIM Server as separate components (saves 500MB RAM space, typical)
|
||||
o Global Init/Uninit Physical Devices wizard
|
||||
o Global Delete Logical Devices wizard
|
||||
o Misc UI enhancements:
|
||||
- Logical drive property tab shows initialization method
|
||||
- Physical device temperature added to physical drive information
|
||||
- Logical device long running task navigation from tree node to Tab to Task dialog
|
||||
o ARCCONF changes:
|
||||
- New commands: backupunit, driverupdate, setcustommode, setconnectormode
|
||||
- Enhanced commands: identify command supports blink LED start/stop
|
||||
o Bugfixes
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
2.1 Utility Software
|
||||
|
||||
o Adaptec maxView Storage Manager Version 1.08
|
||||
o Adaptec ARCCONF Command Line Interface Utility Version 1.08
|
||||
|
||||
2.2 Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF Format (English/Japanese):
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager User's Guide
|
||||
o Adaptec RAID Controller Command Line Utility User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format:
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager Online Help
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
3. Installation and Setup
|
||||
|
||||
3.1 Installation Instructions
|
||||
|
||||
The Adaptec SAS RAID Controllers Installation and User's Guide
|
||||
contains complete installation information for the controllers
|
||||
and drivers. The Adaptec RAID Controllers Command Line Utility
|
||||
User's Guide contains complete installation information for
|
||||
ARCCONF. The maxView Storage Manager User's Guide contains
|
||||
complete installation information for the maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager software.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
|
||||
Microsoft Windows:
|
||||
|
||||
o Windows Server 2012 R2, 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Server 2008, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Server 2008 R2, 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows SBS 2011, 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows 7, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows 8, Windows 8.1, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
|
||||
Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, 64-bit
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, 5.11, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, 64 bit
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, 10*, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Debian Linux 7.8, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 14.10, 14.04.1, 12.04.3, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Fedora Linux 21, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o CentOS 7.1, 64 bit
|
||||
o CentOS 6.6, 5.11, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
|
||||
*See Section 3.6 for SLES 10 setup issues
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual OS Environments:
|
||||
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 6.0, VMware ESXi 5.5
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.5 (32-bit GOS only)
|
||||
|
||||
Solaris:
|
||||
|
||||
o Solaris 10 U11
|
||||
o Solaris 11.2
|
||||
|
||||
3.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager supports Adaptec Series 8, Adaptec
|
||||
Series 7, and Adaptec Series 6 controllers. It is not backward
|
||||
compatible with older Adaptec controller models.
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager is not supported on FreeBSD. Use
|
||||
ARCCONF to create and manage arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager and legacy Adaptec Storage Manager (ASM)
|
||||
cannot coexist on the same system.
|
||||
|
||||
3.4 Remote Access
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager requires the following range of ports
|
||||
to be open for remote access:
|
||||
|
||||
o 34570-34580 (TCP)
|
||||
o 34570 (UDP)
|
||||
o 34577-34580 (UDP)
|
||||
|
||||
See also Section 4.12 for OS-specific issues and workarounds.
|
||||
|
||||
3.5 Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
|
||||
To log in and use maxView Storage Manager on a Windows 8 system,
|
||||
you must create a local user account; you cannot use your
|
||||
MS Live account. To create a local user account:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Log into your MS Live account.
|
||||
2. Select Settings->Change PC Settings->Users->Switch to Local user.
|
||||
3. Provide account details.
|
||||
4. Start maxView Storage Manager and log in with your local user
|
||||
account credentials.
|
||||
|
||||
3.6 SLES Setup
|
||||
|
||||
o Due to a JRE conflict, maxView Storage Manager is not
|
||||
supported on SLES 10 SP2/SP3 (x32, x64), and SLES 10 SP4 (x32).
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Install SLES 10 SP4 64-bit then replace the 64-bit
|
||||
JRE with a 32-bit JRE. Alternatively, use ARCCONF for storage
|
||||
management on SLES 10 systems.
|
||||
|
||||
o To avoid a problem with launching maxView Storage Manager on
|
||||
SLES 11 x64 systems with DHCP enabled, ensure that the
|
||||
/etc/hosts file maps the server IP address to a valid host
|
||||
name; it is not sufficient to map the IP address to 'localhost'.
|
||||
|
||||
3.7 Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
|
||||
o To avoid a maxView Login failure on Ubuntu systems, you must
|
||||
ensure that the root user account is enabled. (It is disabled,
|
||||
by default, on Ubuntu 14.04 and later because no password is set.)
|
||||
|
||||
For example: sudo bash; sudo passwd root
|
||||
|
||||
o When upgrading maxView Storage Manager on an existing Ubuntu
|
||||
Linux x64 installation, you must enable the upgrade switch
|
||||
before installing the maxView .deb package:
|
||||
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=true
|
||||
dpkg -i StorMan-*.deb
|
||||
|
||||
To uninstall maxView after the upgrade:
|
||||
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=false
|
||||
dpkg -r storman
|
||||
|
||||
3.8 Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
|
||||
When running maxView Storage Manager from the bootable USB
|
||||
image, you may be prompted with one or more with security
|
||||
warnings before maxView launches. In each case, acknowledge
|
||||
the warning and continue.
|
||||
|
||||
3.9 RAW Device Setup
|
||||
|
||||
On Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 controllers, a RAW
|
||||
Pass Through device is analogous to a JBOD, supported by Adaptec
|
||||
Series 6 controllers and older. Any drive without Adaptec RAID
|
||||
metadata is exposed to the OS as a RAW Pass Through device. To
|
||||
remove the Adaptec metadata and convert the drive to a RAW device,
|
||||
use the Uninitialize command in maxView Storage Manager; any
|
||||
existing data on the drive is destroyed. (You can also run
|
||||
uninit from the BIOS or ARCCONF.) For more information about
|
||||
working with RAW devices, see 'controller modes' in the CLI
|
||||
User's Guide, and BIOS 'general settings' in the RAID Controller
|
||||
Installation and User's Guide.
|
||||
|
||||
3.10 maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
|
||||
The maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client is supported
|
||||
on VMware 5.5 only.
|
||||
|
||||
3.11 Firmware Downgrade on Series 8 Board Revision "B1"
|
||||
|
||||
Firmware downgrade from maxView Storage Manager, ARCCONF or the
|
||||
BIOS is not supported on Adaptec Series 8 RAID controllers with
|
||||
Board Revision "B1" (the newest board revision). Older firmware
|
||||
versions do not support Board Revision "B1".
|
||||
|
||||
3.12 Uninstallation Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o When uninstalling maxView Storage Manager on Fedora Linux,
|
||||
the OS displays a series of warning messages about missing
|
||||
files. These messages can be ignored; the uninstallation
|
||||
completes successfully.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: To avoid the warnings, uninstall maxView with
|
||||
'./StorMan-1.06-21032.i386.bin --remove' rather than
|
||||
'rpm -e StorMan'.
|
||||
|
||||
o When using the 'Modify' option to uninstall maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager on Windows, the 'Adaptec' folder is not removed from
|
||||
the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
4. Known Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
4.1 Login Issues on Windows Domain Server
|
||||
|
||||
If the maxView login account doesn't have local administrative
|
||||
rights, login will fail with an error message: 'Invalid Username
|
||||
or Password'. On domain servers running later versions of Microsoft
|
||||
Windows Server, where no local administrator exists or can be
|
||||
created, maxView login is not possible. Use ARCCONF to create
|
||||
and manage arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2 Hot Spare Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o After using a global hot spare to rebuild a redundant logical
|
||||
drive, maxView Storage Manager displays an erroneous event
|
||||
message: "Deleted dedicated hot spare drive for logical device".
|
||||
In fact, the message should read "Logical device X is no longer
|
||||
protected by hot spare drive Y".
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager allows you to un-assign a global hot
|
||||
spare drive while copyback is in progess. This procedure is
|
||||
not recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3 Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
|
||||
In dual-controller systems, the controller order in maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager and the BIOS differs. Example: with an
|
||||
Adaptec 72405 and 7805 installed, the BIOS reports
|
||||
the 72405 as controller 1 and the 7805 as controller 2;
|
||||
in the GUI, the controller order is reversed.
|
||||
|
||||
4.4 Email Notifications
|
||||
|
||||
o On Linux systems, we recommend adding the SMTP host name
|
||||
to the /etc/hosts file. Doing so ensures that email
|
||||
notifications will succeed if you specify the email
|
||||
server in maxView Storage Manager by host name. Otherwise,
|
||||
email notifications (including test messages) may fail if
|
||||
the DNS is unable to resolve the host hame.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: specify the email server in maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager by IP address.
|
||||
|
||||
o On CentOS 5.9 x64, email notifications may not be sent for
|
||||
logical drive creations, degraded logical drives, or logical
|
||||
drives that are rebuilding or fully rebuilt.
|
||||
|
||||
4.5 SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
|
||||
In this release, maxView Storage Manager does not show connector
|
||||
information for SGPIO enclosures.
|
||||
|
||||
4.6 Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager can "see" RAID controllers operating
|
||||
in HBA mode, Auto-Volume mode, and Simple Volume mode (Adaptec
|
||||
Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 controllers only). However, to
|
||||
change the controller mode, you must use ARCCONF or the BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
4.7 RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
|
||||
o The following RAID-level migrations (RLM) are supported in
|
||||
this release:
|
||||
|
||||
RAID 0 to RAID 5
|
||||
RAID 0 to RAID 10
|
||||
RAID 5 to RAID 6
|
||||
RAID 6 to RAID 5
|
||||
RAID 10 to RAID 5
|
||||
RAID 5 to RAID 10
|
||||
RAID 1 to RAID 5
|
||||
SIMPLE VOLUME to RAID 1
|
||||
RAID 1 to SIMPLE VOLUME
|
||||
|
||||
o When migrating a Simple Volume to RAID 1, maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager reports the logical drive state as Impacted (rather
|
||||
than Reconfiguring); this is normal.
|
||||
|
||||
o We do not recommend performing a RAID-level migration or
|
||||
Online Capacity Expansion (OCE) on a logical drive with
|
||||
maxCache SSD caching enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: maxView Storage Manager grays out the options for logical
|
||||
drives with maxCache enabled. ARCCONF terminates the task.
|
||||
|
||||
o Always allow a RAID-level migration to complete before creating
|
||||
a support archive file. Otherwise, the support archive will
|
||||
include incorrect partition information. Once the migration is
|
||||
complete, the partition information will be reported correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
4.8 maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
|
||||
Only one maxCache Device is supported per controller. Moving
|
||||
the maxCache Device (all underlying SSDs) from one
|
||||
controller to another (assuming both controllers support
|
||||
maxCache) is supported only if (1) the new controller does not
|
||||
have a maxCache Device or any other maxCache Device with a
|
||||
conflicting device number and (2) only after a clean shutdown
|
||||
on the old controller.
|
||||
|
||||
4.9 ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF supports >2TB maxCache Devices if you create the
|
||||
device with the 'max' parameter. However, the functional
|
||||
limit for the maxCache Device is 2TB, which is also the
|
||||
limit in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.10 Browser Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o To run maxView Storage Manager on the supported browsers,
|
||||
Javascript must be enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
o Due to a certificate bug in Firefox 31.x, maxView login
|
||||
may fail on RHEL systems with a "Secure Connection" error.
|
||||
(Firefox 31.1 is the default browser on RHEL 6.6; on
|
||||
RHEL 7.1, it is 31.4.)
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Upgrade to Firefox 36.
|
||||
|
||||
o With the default Security setting in Microsoft Internet
|
||||
Explorer 10 and 11, you may be unable to login to maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager or experience certain GUI display issues
|
||||
in the maxView online Help system.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Change the default Security setting from High
|
||||
(or Medium-High) to Medium. Alternative: add the GUI IP
|
||||
address to the trusted sites list.
|
||||
|
||||
o With Google Chrome, the scrollbar resets itself to the top
|
||||
after selecting a drive in the Logical Drive wizard. To
|
||||
select another drive, you must scroll back down to the
|
||||
drive location.
|
||||
|
||||
o With Microsoft Internet Explorer 10, the controller
|
||||
firmware update wizard does not show the f/w update
|
||||
file name when the upload completes. To refresh the
|
||||
display, click Next then Back.
|
||||
|
||||
o We do not recommend using multiple browsers simultaneously
|
||||
on the same maxView instance. Doing so may cause display
|
||||
issues or freezes; to restore maxView, refresh the
|
||||
display by pressing F5.
|
||||
|
||||
4.11 Remote System Access on Linux and Windows
|
||||
|
||||
To avoid remote system access failures from Linux and Windows
|
||||
clients running maxView Storage Manager, check and update one
|
||||
or all of the following system and network settings:
|
||||
|
||||
Windows:
|
||||
|
||||
o Ensure that the DNS server information is properly configured
|
||||
|
||||
RHEL/Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
o Set server.properties file permissions to at least read-only at all levels
|
||||
|
||||
1. Stop all maxView services.
|
||||
2. Set the Permissions of server.properties file to read and write or read-only
|
||||
at all levels (Owner, Group and Others). Apply and close.
|
||||
3. Restart all services in the given order - cim, agent, tomcat
|
||||
4. Now try to remote login to this system from any other system
|
||||
|
||||
o Check/update these network settings:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Disable SELinux
|
||||
2. Disable firewall.
|
||||
3. Disable the ipv6 in the system, if ipconfig shows both ipv4 and ipv6 address.
|
||||
4. Remove the virtual bridge virbr0, if present
|
||||
5. Enter local ip address in 'localip' parameter in server.properties file
|
||||
|
||||
4.12 Power Management Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o Power management is not supported on FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
o Capturing support logs from maxView or ARCCONF will spin up
|
||||
drives when power management is active. This behavior is by design.
|
||||
|
||||
o For logical drives comprised of SSDs only, the Power Tab in
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager is disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
o The Logical Drive Creation wizard does not save the power
|
||||
management settings after the logical drive is created.
|
||||
It is always disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Enable power management for the logical drive
|
||||
from the Set Properties window.
|
||||
|
||||
4.13 RAID 50/RAID 60, Max Drives
|
||||
|
||||
The maximum number of drives in a RAID 50 or RAID 60 differ
|
||||
between maxView Storage Manager, ARCCONF, and the BIOS:
|
||||
|
||||
o BIOS and ARCCONF: 128 drives max
|
||||
|
||||
RAID 50 - From 2-16 legs with 3-32 drives/leg
|
||||
RAID 60 - From 2-16 legs with 4-16 drives/leg
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager:
|
||||
|
||||
Assumes 2 legs for RAID 50/RAID 60 (non-selectable)
|
||||
RAID 50 2-32 drives/leg (64 total)
|
||||
RAID 60 2-16 drives/leg (32 total)
|
||||
|
||||
4.14 RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager and the Ctrl-A BIOS report the wrong
|
||||
segment order for RAID 10s, regardless of the order in which
|
||||
the drives are selected.
|
||||
|
||||
Example 1: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs in maxView Storage Manager:
|
||||
|
||||
(1a) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
|
||||
(1b) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(1c) the correct and expected RAID segment order is:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
Example 2: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs with ARCCONF:
|
||||
|
||||
(2a) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(2b) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the correct RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
4.15 RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
|
||||
With a degraded RAID 10 logical drive, the drive is rebuilt
|
||||
one leg at a time, not in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
4.16 Verify with Fix
|
||||
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF, the Verify with Fix
|
||||
operation is NOT available when:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The logical drive has a non-redundant RAID level
|
||||
2. Other tasks are in progress on the logical drive
|
||||
3. The logical drive is in a non-optimal or impacted state
|
||||
|
||||
4.17 Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager, Locate Logical Drive continues to
|
||||
blink the LED for a pulled physical drive in the array after
|
||||
the locate action is stopped. (For unpulled drives, the blinking
|
||||
stops.) This issue is not seen with ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
4.18 ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
|
||||
In ARCCONF, the ATA Secure Erase operation cannot be aborted.
|
||||
Once started, it continues to completion.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: ATA Secure Erase is also available in the Ctrl-A BIOS.
|
||||
and maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.19 ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF is backward compatible with older Adaptec controller
|
||||
models. As a result, the ARCCONF user's guide and online help
|
||||
show command options that are not supported by newer Adaptec
|
||||
controllers, like the Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
o With ARCCONF SETMAXCACHE, Adaptec Series 7 and Series 8
|
||||
controllers do not support ADDTOPOOL or REMOVEFROMPOOL
|
||||
|
||||
4.20 Adaptec Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
|
||||
The following issues are seen only with Adaptec Series 6 RAID
|
||||
controllers:
|
||||
|
||||
o In maxView Storage Manager, the Preserve Cache option on the
|
||||
Set Properties window is not supported on Series 6 RAID
|
||||
controllers. Attempting to set this option for the Series 6
|
||||
controller fails.
|
||||
|
||||
o Renaming a RAID volume disables the write-cache (if enabled).
|
||||
You cannot re-enable the write-cache in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use ARCCONF to enable the write-cache.
|
||||
|
||||
o In a VMware Guest OS under VMware 5.x, maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
and ARCCONF do not detect existing logical drive partitions.
|
||||
As a result, attempting to delete, clear, or erase the logical
|
||||
drive may fail.
|
||||
|
||||
o On Series 6 controllers, maxView Storage Manager deletes
|
||||
partitioned JBODs without issuing a warning message.
|
||||
|
||||
o Series 6 controllers do not support the ARCCONF GETPERFORM command.
|
||||
|
||||
4.21 Simple Volume Support
|
||||
|
||||
o In this release, you can create a maximum of 128 Simple
|
||||
Volumes in maxView Storage Manager, ARCCONF, or the BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
o When a Simple Volume fails, the status remains unchanged
|
||||
after drive replacement.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Manually delete the Simple Volume to remove it.
|
||||
|
||||
4.22 Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
|
||||
o Changing a controller into Auto-Volume mode (ARCCONF/BIOS) is not
|
||||
supported if the configuration includes any logical device type
|
||||
other than Simple Volume, including a maxCache Device. The mode
|
||||
switch from RAID mode to Auto-Volume mode is blocked if any other
|
||||
type of logical volume exists (including maxCache). After
|
||||
switching to Auto-Volume mode, you can create and delete Simple
|
||||
Volumes only in maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
o In Auto-Volume mode, only the first 128 RAW drives are converted
|
||||
to Simple Volumes; the rest of the RAW drives remain unchanged.
|
||||
If you uninitialize a Ready drive while the controller is in
|
||||
Auto-Volume mode, the firmware converts the drive automatically
|
||||
until the Simple Volume count reaches the maximum.
|
||||
|
||||
4.23 Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
XenServer does not support "hot-removal" of disk drives from a
|
||||
partitioned logical drive. As a result, if you hot remove a disk
|
||||
from a logical drive, the Guest OS becomes inaccessible because
|
||||
the drive partition remains visible to the OS instead of being
|
||||
cleared.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Reboot the XenServer host, detach the failed
|
||||
partition, then restart the VM.
|
||||
|
||||
4.24 Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
Updating the firmware for a SAS hard disk drive with ARCCONF/maxView
|
||||
can crash (PSOD) the VMware Guest OS. This issue is seen with SAS
|
||||
hard drives only; with SATA drives, the firmware update completes
|
||||
successfully.
|
||||
|
||||
4.25 Creating a Support Archive on a Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
To create a support archive on a VMware or Xenserver Guest OS,
|
||||
use maxView Storage Manager only. Creating a support archive
|
||||
with ARCCONF is not supported in this release.
|
||||
|
||||
4.26 Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
|
||||
Enclosure status, in maxView Storage Manager, is event-driven.
|
||||
As a result, enclosures can have a "Degraded" status even if
|
||||
related resources (fan, temperature, power) are performing
|
||||
normally (Optimal status). For instance, the Enclosure status
|
||||
changes to "Degraded" if the system reports an "Enclosure device
|
||||
not responding ..." event, even if other sensor values are normal.
|
||||
|
||||
4.27 PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
|
||||
In the Controller Properties window, maxView Storage Manager shows
|
||||
the Connector Info as "unknown" for all PHYs on an enclosure-based
|
||||
backplane (for instance, a backplane attached to connector 1).
|
||||
|
||||
4.28 Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
|
||||
Special characters are permitted in logical device names
|
||||
in maxView Storage Manager, the BIOS, and ARCCONF. However,
|
||||
with Linux ARCCONF (create, setname), special characters
|
||||
must be "escaped" to ensure proper interpretation. For
|
||||
example:
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF SETNAME 1 LOGICALDRIVE 1 arc_ldrive%\$12\&
|
||||
|
||||
4.29 Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
|
||||
SuperMicro SAS2X28 enclosures do not propagate the speaker
|
||||
status to maxView Storage Manager. As a result, maxView
|
||||
always displays the speaker status as Off.
|
||||
|
||||
4.30 Changing Read and Write Cache Settings for a Logical Drive
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager does not allow you to change the
|
||||
read-cache and write-cache settings for a logical drive in
|
||||
one step. You must click OK after each change.
|
||||
|
||||
4.31 Online Help Issues
|
||||
|
||||
When opening the maxView Storage Manager help from a remote
|
||||
Linux system (eg, over a VPN), the help window may fail to
|
||||
open with a 'can't establish connection to server' message.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: replace 127.0.0.1:8443 in the URL with <system_ip_address>:8443
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(c) 2015 PMC-Sierra, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
This software is protected under international copyright laws and
|
||||
treaties. It may only be used in accordance with the terms
|
||||
of its accompanying license agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
The information in this document is proprietary and confidential to
|
||||
PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. In any event,
|
||||
no part of this document may be reproduced or redistributed in any
|
||||
form without the express written consent of PMC-Sierra, Inc.,
|
||||
1380 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089.
|
||||
|
||||
P/N DOC-01768-05-A Rev A
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
|
||||
International License Agreement for Non-Warranted Programs
|
||||
|
||||
Part 1 - General Terms
|
||||
|
||||
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE PROGRAM.
|
||||
Adaptec WILL LICENSE THE PROGRAM TO YOU ONLY IF YOU FIRST ACCEPT THE
|
||||
TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BY USING THE PROGRAM YOU AGREE TO THESE
|
||||
TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT,
|
||||
PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNUSED PROGRAM TO THE PARTY (EITHER Adaptec OR
|
||||
ITS RESELLER) FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED IT TO RECEIVE A REFUND OF
|
||||
THE AMOUNT YOU PAID.
|
||||
|
||||
The Program is owned by (Adaptec) or a supplier of Adaptec
|
||||
and is copyrighted and licensed, not sold.
|
||||
|
||||
The term "Program" means the original program and all whole or
|
||||
partial copies of it. A Program consists of machine-readable
|
||||
instructions, its components, data, audio-visual content (such
|
||||
as images, text, recordings, or pictures), and related licensed
|
||||
materials.
|
||||
|
||||
This Agreement includes Part 1 - General Terms and Part 2
|
||||
Country unique Terms and is the complete agreement regarding the
|
||||
use of this Program, and replaces any prior oral or written
|
||||
communications between you and Adaptec. The terms of Part 2 may
|
||||
replace or modify those of Part 1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. License
|
||||
|
||||
Use of the Program
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec grants you a nonexclusive license to use the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may 1) use the Program to the extent of authorizations you
|
||||
have acquired and 2) make and install copies to support the
|
||||
level of use authorized, providing you reproduce the copyright
|
||||
notice and any other legends of ownership on each copy, or
|
||||
partial copy, of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If you acquire this Program as a program upgrade, your
|
||||
authorization to use the Program from which you upgraded is
|
||||
terminated.
|
||||
|
||||
You will ensure that anyone who uses the Program does so only in
|
||||
compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not 1) use, copy, modify, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as provided in this Agreement; 2) reverse assemble,
|
||||
reverse compile, or otherwise translate the Program except as
|
||||
specifically permitted by law without the possibility of
|
||||
contractual waiver; or 3) sublicense, rent, or lease the
|
||||
Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer of Rights and Obligations
|
||||
|
||||
You may transfer all your license rights and obligations under a
|
||||
Proof of Entitlement for the Program to another party by
|
||||
transferring the Proof of Entitlement and a copy of this
|
||||
Agreement and all documentation. The transfer of your license
|
||||
rights and obligations terminates your authorization to use the
|
||||
Program under the Proof of Entitlement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Proof of Entitlement
|
||||
|
||||
The Proof of Entitlement for this Program is evidence of your
|
||||
authorization to use this Program and of your eligibility for
|
||||
future upgrade program prices (if announced) and potential
|
||||
special or promotional opportunities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Charges and Taxes
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec defines use for the Program for charging purposes and
|
||||
specifies it in the Proof of Entitlement. Charges are based on
|
||||
extent of use authorized. If you wish to increase the extent of
|
||||
use, notify Adaptec or its reseller and pay any applicable charges.
|
||||
Adaptec does not give refunds or credits for charges already due or
|
||||
paid.
|
||||
|
||||
If any authority imposes a duty, tax, levy or fee, excluding
|
||||
those based on Adaptec's net income, upon the Program supplied by
|
||||
Adaptec under this agreement, then you agree to pay that amount
|
||||
as Adaptec specifies or
|
||||
supply exemption documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. No Warranty
|
||||
|
||||
SUBJECT TO ANY STATUTORY WARRANTIES WHICH CAN NOT BE EXCLUDED,
|
||||
Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
|
||||
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT
|
||||
AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE PROGRAM OR TECHNICAL SUPPORT,
|
||||
IF ANY. Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTY REGARDING THE CAPABILITY OF THE
|
||||
PROGRAM TO CORRECTLY PROCESS, PROVIDE AND/OR RECEIVE DATE DATA
|
||||
WITHIN AND BETWEEN THE 20TH AND 21ST CENTURIES.
|
||||
|
||||
The exclusion also applies to any of Adaptec's subcontractors,
|
||||
suppliers, or program developers (collectively called
|
||||
"Suppliers").
|
||||
|
||||
Manufacturers, suppliers, or publishers of non-Adaptec Programs may
|
||||
provide their own warranties.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Limitation of Liability
|
||||
|
||||
NEITHER Adaptec NOR ITS SUPPLIERS WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT OR
|
||||
INDIRECT
|
||||
|
||||
DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
|
||||
SAVINGS, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR OTHER ECONOMIC
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF Adaptec IS INFORMED OF THEIR
|
||||
POSSIBILITY. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
|
||||
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE
|
||||
EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. General
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this Agreement affects any statutory rights of
|
||||
consumers that cannot be waived or limited by contract.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec may terminate your license if you fail to comply with the
|
||||
terms of this Agreement. If Adaptec does so, you must immediately
|
||||
destroy the Program and all copies you made of it.
|
||||
|
||||
You agree to comply with applicable export laws and regulations.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec will bring a legal action under this
|
||||
Agreement more than two years after the cause of action arose
|
||||
unless otherwise provided by local law without the possibility
|
||||
of contractual waiver or limitation.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec is responsible for failure to fulfill any
|
||||
obligations due to causes beyond its control.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec does not provide program services or technical support,
|
||||
unless Adaptec specifies otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
The laws of the country in which you acquire the Program govern
|
||||
this Agreement, except 1) in Australia, the laws of the State or
|
||||
Territory in which the transaction is performed govern this
|
||||
Agreement; 2) in Albania, Armenia, Belarus, Bosnia/Herzegovina,
|
||||
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan,
|
||||
Kirghizia, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia
|
||||
(FYROM), Moldova, Poland, Romania, Russia, Slovak Republic,
|
||||
Slovenia, Ukraine, and Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, the laws
|
||||
of Austria govern this Agreement; 3) in the United Kingdom, all
|
||||
disputes relating to this Agreement will be governed by English
|
||||
Law and will be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
|
||||
English courts; 4) in Canada, the laws in the Province of
|
||||
Ontario govern this Agreement; and 5) in the United States and
|
||||
Puerto Rico, and People's Republic of China, the laws of the
|
||||
State of New York govern this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Part 2 - Country-unique Terms
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUSTRALIA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Trade Practices Act 1974 or other
|
||||
legislation and are only limited to the extent permitted by the
|
||||
applicable legislation.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Adaptec is in breach of a condition or warranty implied by the
|
||||
Trade Practices Act 1974, Adaptec's liability is limited to the
|
||||
repair or replacement of the goods, or the supply of equivalent
|
||||
goods. Where that condition or warranty relates to right to
|
||||
sell, quiet possession or clear title, or the goods are of a
|
||||
kind ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use
|
||||
or consumption, then none of the limitations in this paragraph
|
||||
apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANY:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraphs are added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The minimum warranty period for Programs is six months.
|
||||
|
||||
In case a Program is delivered without Specifications, we will
|
||||
only warrant that the Program information correctly describes
|
||||
the Program and that the Program can be used according to the
|
||||
Program information. You have to check the usability according
|
||||
to the Program information within the "money-back guaranty"
|
||||
period.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitations and exclusions specified in the Agreement will
|
||||
not apply to damages caused by Adaptec with fraud or gross
|
||||
negligence, and for express warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INDIA:
|
||||
|
||||
General (Section 6):
|
||||
The following replaces the fourth paragraph of this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
If no suit or other legal action is brought, within two years
|
||||
after the cause of action arose, in respect of any claim that
|
||||
either party may have against the other, the rights of the
|
||||
concerned party in respect of such claim will be forfeited and
|
||||
the other party will stand released from its obligations in
|
||||
respect of such claim.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IRELAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Except as expressly provided in these terms and conditions, all
|
||||
statutory conditions, including all warranties implied, but
|
||||
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, all
|
||||
warranties implied by the Sale of Goods Act 1893 or the Sale of
|
||||
Goods and Supply of Services Act 1980 are hereby excluded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ITALY:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
This Section is replaced by the following:
|
||||
|
||||
Unless otherwise provided by mandatory law, Adaptec is not liable
|
||||
for any damages which might arise.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NEW ZEALAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 or
|
||||
other legislation which cannot be excluded or limited. The
|
||||
Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 will not apply in respect of any
|
||||
goods or services which Adaptec provides, if you require the goods
|
||||
and services for the purposes of a business as defined in that
|
||||
Act.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Programs are not acquired for the purposes of a business
|
||||
as defined in the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, the limitations
|
||||
in this Section are subject to the limitations in that Act.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA:
|
||||
|
||||
Charges (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to the Section:
|
||||
|
||||
All banking charges incurred in the People's Republic of China
|
||||
will be borne by you and those incurred outside the People's
|
||||
Republic of China will be borne by Adaptec.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED KINGDOM:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section at the end of
|
||||
the first paragraph:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitation of liability will not apply to any breach of
|
||||
Adaptec's obligations implied by Section 12 of the Sales of Goods
|
||||
Act 1979 or Section 2 of the Supply of Goods and Services Act
|
||||
1982.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED STATES AND CANADA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Country-unique Terms apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
By continuing with the installation of the Program, you are
|
||||
accepting the terms and conditions above.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,819 +0,0 @@
|
||||
README.TXT: Adaptec maxView Storage Manager &
|
||||
ARCCONF Command Line Interface Utility
|
||||
as of March 22, 2016
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Please check the product website for the later versions of this
|
||||
file to ensure you are reviewing the latest information. This
|
||||
file contains important information about issues and errata
|
||||
that were discovered after completion of the standard
|
||||
product documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
In the case of conflict between various parts of the documentation
|
||||
set, this file contains the most current information.
|
||||
|
||||
Table of Contents
|
||||
1. New Features of this Release
|
||||
2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
2.1. Utility Software
|
||||
2.2. Documentation
|
||||
4.2.2.1. Series 6, 7, 8 Controller Documentation
|
||||
4.2.2.2. HBA 1000 Series Product Documentation
|
||||
4.2.2.3. SmartIOC Product Documentation
|
||||
3. Installation Notes
|
||||
3.1. Installation and Setup
|
||||
3.2. Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
3.2.1. Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
3.2.2. Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
3.3. General Setup Notes
|
||||
3.4. Remote Access
|
||||
3.5. Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
3.6. SLES Setup
|
||||
3.7. Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
3.8. Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
3.9. RAW Device Setup (Series 6, 7, 8 Only)
|
||||
3.10. maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
4. Known Limitations
|
||||
4.1. Global Limitations
|
||||
4.1.1. Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
4.1.2. Email Notifications
|
||||
4.1.3. SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
4.1.4. Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
4.1.5. Browser Issues
|
||||
4.1.6. Remote System Access on Linux and Windows
|
||||
4.1.7. RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
4.1.8. RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
4.1.9. Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
4.1.10. ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
4.1.11. Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
4.1.12. Hot Swap Issues on VMware CentOS Guest OS
|
||||
4.1.13. Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
4.1.14. PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
4.1.15. Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
4.1.16. Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
4.1.17. Online Help Issues
|
||||
4.1.18. Broadcasting Alerts About Status and Activity
|
||||
4.2. Limitations Specific to Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
4.2.1. RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
4.2.2. maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
4.2.3. ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
4.2.4. Power Management Issues
|
||||
4.2.5. Verify with Fix
|
||||
4.2.6. ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
4.2.7. Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
4.2.8. Simple Volume Support
|
||||
4.2.9. Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
4.2.10. Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
4.2.11. Changing Read and Write Cache Settings for Logical Drive
|
||||
4.3. Limitations Specific to Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
4.3.1. SES Passthrough Commands to Expanders
|
||||
4.3.2. Firmware Upgrade Issues
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. New Features of this Release
|
||||
|
||||
o Added new features:
|
||||
- New command to identify a device by blinking its LEDs.
|
||||
- Segment and Group Information of a RAID 10 Logical
|
||||
Device can now be displayed.
|
||||
- A new UNINIT/TASK command to clear drive configuration
|
||||
for physical devices containing RAID Information Sector
|
||||
(RIS) that have been masked in order to protect the
|
||||
configuration data.
|
||||
- Ability to show SGPIO virtual SEP information to show
|
||||
enclosure devices for SGPIO backplanes.
|
||||
- For cases where a logical drive fails, the array status
|
||||
is now reported.
|
||||
- Ability to display physical drive mount point information.
|
||||
- Ability to display logical drive mount point information.
|
||||
- Verify Write support is provided.
|
||||
- Linux Hyper-V is supported for the maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
o For Smart family products, added support for Citrix XenServer.
|
||||
o Bugfixes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
2.1. Utility Software
|
||||
|
||||
o Microsemi Adaptec maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
Version 2.01.00 (22268)
|
||||
o Microsemi Adaptec ARCCONF Command Line Interface
|
||||
Utility Version 2.01.00 (22268)
|
||||
|
||||
2.2. Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.1. Series 6, 7, 8 Controller Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF Format (English/Japanese)
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager User's Guide
|
||||
o Adaptec RAID Controller Command Line Utility
|
||||
User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager Online Help
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.2. HBA 1000 Series Product Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF:
|
||||
o Adaptec maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for
|
||||
Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
o Adaptec HBA 1000 Series Command Line Utility
|
||||
User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format:
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager for Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
Online Help
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.3. SmartIOC Product Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF:
|
||||
o Adaptec maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for
|
||||
Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
o Adaptec SmartIOC 2000 Command Line Utility User's
|
||||
Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format:
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager for Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
Online Help
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Installation Notes
|
||||
|
||||
3.1. Installation and Setup
|
||||
|
||||
Refer to your product documentation for the correct
|
||||
installation and setup details:
|
||||
o Your product Installation and User's Guide contains
|
||||
complete installation information for your product's
|
||||
drivers.
|
||||
o The maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for your
|
||||
product contains installation information for the
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager software.
|
||||
o The Command Line Utility User's Guide for your product
|
||||
contains complete installation for ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2. Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
|
||||
3.2.1. Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
Microsoft Windows
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2012 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows SBS 2011 (Standard and Essential)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft WinPE 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Linux
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 7.2, 7.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 6.7, 6.6 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.11, 5.10 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP4 and SP3 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Debian Linux 8.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 14.04.3, 14.04 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 12.04.5 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Fedora Linux 22 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
FreeBSD
|
||||
o FreeBSD 10.2 (64-bit)
|
||||
o FreeBSD 9.3 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual OS Environments
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 6.0 (64-bit)
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 5.5 U2 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.5.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.2 (32-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Solaris
|
||||
o Solaris 11 (32-bit)
|
||||
o Solaris 10 U9 (32-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
1. The ARCCONF Command Line Utility is supported on
|
||||
only 64-bit versions of Microsoft Windows and Linux.
|
||||
2. Boot USB (offline or pre-boot) for the ARCCONF Command
|
||||
Line Utility and maxView Storage Manager is supported
|
||||
in Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2.2. Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
Microsoft Windows
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2012 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows SBS 2011 (Standard and Essential)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Linux
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 7.2, 7.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 6.7, 6.6 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.11, 5.10 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP4 and SP3 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 14.04.3, 14.04 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 12.04.5 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual OS Environments
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 6.0, ESXi U1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 5.5 U2, ESXi 5.5 U3 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.5.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.2 (32-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
1. The ARCCONF Command Line Utility is supported on
|
||||
only 64-bit versions of Microsoft Windows and Linux.
|
||||
2. Boot USB (offline or pre-boot) for the ARCCONF Command
|
||||
Line Utility and maxView Storage Manager is supported
|
||||
in Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
3.3. General Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager is not backwards-compatible with
|
||||
Series 5 and older Adaptec controller models.
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager and legacy Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
(ASM) cannot coexist on the same system.
|
||||
o For Series 6, 7, 8 controllers:
|
||||
- maxView Storage Manager is not supported on FreeBSD.
|
||||
Use ARCCONF to create and manage arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
3.4. Remote Access
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager requires the following range of
|
||||
ports to be open for remote access:
|
||||
o 34570-34580 (TCP)
|
||||
o 34570 (UDP)
|
||||
o 34577-34580 (UDP)
|
||||
See also 4.1.6 for OS-specific issues and workarounds.
|
||||
|
||||
3.5. Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
|
||||
To log in and use maxView Storage Manager on a Windows 8
|
||||
system, you must create a local user account; you cannot
|
||||
use your MS Live account.
|
||||
To create a local user account:
|
||||
1. Log into your MS Live account.
|
||||
2. Select Settings->Change PC Settings->Users->Switch to
|
||||
Local user.
|
||||
3. Provide account details.
|
||||
4. Start maxView Storage Manager and log in with your
|
||||
local user account credentials.
|
||||
|
||||
3.6. SLES Setup
|
||||
|
||||
o To avoid a problem with launching maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager on SLES 11 x64 systems with DHCP enabled,
|
||||
ensure that the /etc/hosts file maps the server
|
||||
IP address to a valid host name; it is not sufficient
|
||||
to map the IP address to 'localhost'.
|
||||
|
||||
3.7. Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
|
||||
o To avoid a maxView Login failure on Ubuntu systems,
|
||||
you must ensure that the root user account is enabled.
|
||||
(It is disabled, by default, on Ubuntu 14.04
|
||||
and later because no password is set.)
|
||||
For example: sudo bash; sudo passwd root
|
||||
o When upgrading maxView Storage Manager on an existing
|
||||
Ubuntu Linux x64 installation, you must enable the
|
||||
upgrade switch before installing the maxView .deb
|
||||
package:
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=true
|
||||
dpkg -i StorMan-*.deb
|
||||
To uninstall maxView after the upgrade:
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=false
|
||||
dpkg -r storman
|
||||
|
||||
3.8. Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
|
||||
When running maxView Storage Manager from the bootable
|
||||
USB image, you may be prompted with one or more with
|
||||
security warnings before maxView launches. In
|
||||
each case, acknowledge the warning and continue.
|
||||
|
||||
3.9. RAW Device Setup (Series 6, 7, 8 Only)
|
||||
|
||||
On Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 controllers,
|
||||
a RAW Pass Through device is analogous to a JBOD, supported
|
||||
by Adaptec Series 6 controllers and older. Any drive without
|
||||
Adaptec RAID metadata is exposed to the OS as a RAW Pass
|
||||
Through device. To remove the Adaptec metadata and convert
|
||||
the drive to a RAW device, use the Uninitialize command in
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager; any existing data on the drive is
|
||||
destroyed. (You can also run uninit from the BIOS or
|
||||
ARCCONF.) For more information about working with RAW devices,
|
||||
see 'controller modes' in the CLI User's Guide, and BIOS
|
||||
'general settings' in the RAID Controller Installation and
|
||||
User's Guide.
|
||||
|
||||
3.10. maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
|
||||
The maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client is
|
||||
supported on VMware 5.5 and 6.0.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Known Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
4.1. Global Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.1. Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
|
||||
In dual-controller systems, the controller order in
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager and the BIOS differs. Example:
|
||||
with an Adaptec 72405 and 7805 installed, the BIOS reports
|
||||
the 72405 as controller 1 and the 7805 as controller 2;
|
||||
in the GUI, the controller order is reversed.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.2. Email Notifications
|
||||
|
||||
o On Linux systems, we recommend adding the SMTP host
|
||||
name and the system IP address, to the /etc/hosts file.
|
||||
Doing so ensures that email notifications will succeed
|
||||
if you specify the email server in maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager by host name. Otherwise, email notifications
|
||||
(including test messages) may fail if the DNS is unable
|
||||
to resolve the host name.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Specify the email server in maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager by IP address.
|
||||
|
||||
o On CentOS 5.9 x64, email notifications may not be sent
|
||||
for logical drive creations, degraded logical drives,
|
||||
or logical drives that are rebuilding or fully rebuilt.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.3. SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
|
||||
In this release, maxView Storage Manager does not show
|
||||
connector information for SGPIO enclosures.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.4. Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager can "see" RAID controllers
|
||||
operating in HBA mode, Auto-Volume mode, and Simple Volume
|
||||
mode (Adaptec Series 7, Adaptec Series 8, Smart Family
|
||||
controllers only). However, to change the controller mode
|
||||
on Adaptec Series 7/8 controllers, you must use ARCCONF
|
||||
or the BIOS. With Adaptec Smart-Family controllers, you
|
||||
can also change the controller mode with maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.5. Browser Issues
|
||||
|
||||
To run maxView Storage Manager on the supported browsers.
|
||||
Javascript must be enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
o Due to a certificate bug in Firefox 31.x, maxView
|
||||
login may fail on RHEL systems with a "Secure
|
||||
Connection" error. (Firefox 31.1 is the default
|
||||
browser on RHEL 6.6; on RHEL 7.1, it is 31.4.)
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Upgrade to Firefox 36.
|
||||
|
||||
o With the default Security setting in Microsoft
|
||||
Internet Explorer 10 and 11, you may be unable to
|
||||
login to maxView Storage Manager or experience
|
||||
certain GUI display issues in the maxView online
|
||||
Help system.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Change the default Security setting
|
||||
from High (or Medium-High) to Medium.
|
||||
Alternative: add the GUI IP address to the trusted
|
||||
sites list.
|
||||
|
||||
o With Google Chrome, the scrollbar resets itself to
|
||||
the top after selecting a drive in the Logical Drive
|
||||
wizard. To select another drive, you must
|
||||
scroll back down to the drive location.
|
||||
|
||||
o With Microsoft Internet Explorer 10, the controller
|
||||
firmware update wizard does not show the f/w update
|
||||
file name when the upload completes. To refresh
|
||||
the display, click Next then Back.
|
||||
|
||||
o We do not recommend using multiple browsers
|
||||
simultaneously on the same maxView
|
||||
instance. Doing so may cause display issues or freezes;
|
||||
to restore maxView, refresh the display by pressing F5.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.6. Remote System Access on Linux and Windows
|
||||
|
||||
To avoid remote system access failures from Linux
|
||||
and Windows clients running maxView Storage Manager,
|
||||
check and update one or all of the following system
|
||||
and network settings:
|
||||
|
||||
Windows:
|
||||
o Ensure that the DNS server information is properly
|
||||
configured
|
||||
|
||||
RHEL/Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
o Set server.properties file permissions to at least
|
||||
read-only at all levels
|
||||
1. Stop all maxView services.
|
||||
2. Set the Permissions of server.properties file to
|
||||
read and write or read-only at all levels
|
||||
(Owner, Group and Others).
|
||||
3. Apply and close.
|
||||
4. Restart all services in the given order - cim,
|
||||
agent, tomcat
|
||||
5. Now try to remote login to this system from any
|
||||
other system
|
||||
|
||||
o Check/update these network settings:
|
||||
1. Disable SELinux
|
||||
2. Disable firewall.
|
||||
3. Disable the ipv6 in the system, if ipconfig shows
|
||||
both ipv4 and ipv6 address.
|
||||
4. Remove the virtual bridge virbr0, if present
|
||||
5. Enter local ip address in 'localip' parameter in
|
||||
server.properties file
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.7. RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager and the Ctrl-A BIOS report the
|
||||
wrong segment order for RAID 10s, regardless of the order
|
||||
in which the drives are selected.
|
||||
Example 1: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs in maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager:
|
||||
|
||||
(1a) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the
|
||||
following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
|
||||
(1b) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment
|
||||
order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(1c) the correct and expected RAID segment order is:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
Example 2: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs
|
||||
with ARCCONF:
|
||||
|
||||
(2a) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment
|
||||
order:
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(2b) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the
|
||||
correct RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.8. RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
|
||||
With a degraded RAID 10 logical drive, the drive is
|
||||
rebuilt one leg at a time, not in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.9. Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager, Locate Logical Drive
|
||||
continues to blink the LED for a pulled physical drive
|
||||
in the array after the locate action is stopped.
|
||||
(For unpulled drives, the blinking stops.) This issue is
|
||||
not seen with ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.10. ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF is backward compatible with older Adaptec
|
||||
controller models. As a result, the ARCCONF user's guide
|
||||
and online help show command options that are not
|
||||
supported by newer Adaptec controllers, like the
|
||||
Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 or later products.
|
||||
|
||||
Example: With ARCCONF SETMAXCACHE, Adaptec Series 7 and
|
||||
Series 8 controllers do not support ADDTOPOOL or
|
||||
REMOVEFROMPOOL
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.11. Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
Updating the firmware for a SAS hard disk drive with
|
||||
ARCCONF/maxView can crash (PSOD) the VMware Guest OS.
|
||||
This issue is seen with SAS hard drives only; with
|
||||
SATA drives, the firmware update completes successfully.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.12. Hot Swap Issues on VMware CentOS Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
Due to a limitation with the VMware CentOS Guest OS
|
||||
network configuration, maxView Storage Manager does not
|
||||
show newly added or removed hot swap drives.
|
||||
(ARCCONF sees the configuration change but maxView
|
||||
does not.)
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: (1) reboot the system or restart maxView
|
||||
services; (2) adjust the network configuration; contact
|
||||
Adaptec Support for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.13. Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
|
||||
Enclosure status, in maxView Storage Manager, is
|
||||
event-driven. As a result, enclosures can have a
|
||||
"Degraded" status even if related resources (fan,
|
||||
temperature, power) are performing normally (Optimal
|
||||
status). For instance, the Enclosure status changes
|
||||
to "Degraded" if the system reports an "Enclosure
|
||||
device not responding ..." event, even if other sensor
|
||||
values are normal.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.14. PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
|
||||
In the Controller Properties window, maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager shows the Connector Info as "unknown" for all
|
||||
PHYs on an enclosure-based backplane (for instance, a
|
||||
backplane attached to connector 1).
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.15. Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
|
||||
Special characters are permitted in logical device
|
||||
names in maxView Storage Manager, the BIOS, and ARCCONF.
|
||||
However, with Linux ARCCONF (create, setname), special
|
||||
characters must be "escaped" to ensure proper
|
||||
interpretation. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF SETNAME 1 LOGICALDRIVE 1 arc_ldrive%\$12\&
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.16. Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
|
||||
SuperMicro SAS2X28 enclosures do not propagate
|
||||
the speaker status to maxView Storage Manager. As
|
||||
a result, maxView always displays the speaker
|
||||
status as Off.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.17. Online Help Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o When opening the maxView Storage Manager help
|
||||
from a remote Linux system (eg, over a VPN), the
|
||||
help window may fail to open with a 'can't establish
|
||||
connection to server' message.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: replace 127.0.0.1:8443 in the URL with
|
||||
<system_ip_address>:8443
|
||||
|
||||
o In IE11, topics in the help may display with a 'Topics
|
||||
Not Found' message when their corresponding links are
|
||||
clicked in the navigation pane of the help.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: click on the "Add" browser link to add
|
||||
certification to view the content.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.18. Broadcasting Alerts About Status and Activity
|
||||
|
||||
This feature is not supported by the maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager or ARCCONF and has been removed from the product
|
||||
documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2. Limitations Specific to Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.1. RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
|
||||
o The following RAID-level migrations (RLM) are
|
||||
supported in this release:
|
||||
- RAID 0 to RAID 5
|
||||
- RAID 0 to RAID 10
|
||||
- RAID 5 to RAID 6
|
||||
- RAID 6 to RAID 5
|
||||
- RAID 10 to RAID 5
|
||||
- RAID 5 to RAID 10
|
||||
- RAID 1 to RAID 5
|
||||
- SIMPLE VOLUME to RAID 1
|
||||
- RAID 1 to SIMPLE VOLUME
|
||||
|
||||
o When migrating a Simple Volume to RAID 1, maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager reports the logical drive state as
|
||||
Impacted (rather than Reconfiguring);
|
||||
this is normal.
|
||||
|
||||
o We do not recommend performing a RAID-level
|
||||
migration or Online Capacity Expansion (OCE)
|
||||
on a logical drive with maxCache SSD caching
|
||||
enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: maxView Storage Manager grays out the
|
||||
options for logical drives with maxCache enabled.
|
||||
ARCCONF terminates the task.
|
||||
|
||||
o Always allow a RAID-level migration to complete
|
||||
before creating a support archive file. Otherwise,
|
||||
the support archive will include incorrect
|
||||
partition information. Once the migration is
|
||||
complete, the partition information will be reported
|
||||
correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.2. maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
|
||||
Only one maxCache Device is supported per controller.
|
||||
Moving the maxCache Device (all underlying SSDs) from
|
||||
one controller to another (assuming both controllers
|
||||
support maxCache) is supported only if (1) the new
|
||||
controller does not have a maxCache Device or any other
|
||||
maxCache Device with a conflicting device number and
|
||||
(2) only after a clean shutdown
|
||||
on the old controller.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.3. ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF supports >2TB maxCache Devices if you create
|
||||
the device with the 'max' parameter. However, the
|
||||
functional limit for the maxCache Device is 2TB,
|
||||
which is also the limit in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.4. Power Management Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o Power management is not supported on FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
o Capturing support logs from maxView or ARCCONF
|
||||
will spin up drives when power management is
|
||||
active. This behavior is by design.
|
||||
|
||||
o The Logical Drive Creation wizard no longer
|
||||
includes the option to enable power management settings.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Enable power management for the
|
||||
logical drive from the Set Properties window.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.5. Verify with Fix
|
||||
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF, the Verify
|
||||
with Fix operation is NOT available when:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The logical drive has a non-redundant RAID level
|
||||
2. Other tasks are in progress on the logical drive
|
||||
3. The logical drive is in a non-optimal or impacted state
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.6. ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
|
||||
In ARCCONF, the ATA Secure Erase operation cannot
|
||||
be aborted. Once started, it continues to completion.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: ATA Secure Erase is also available in the
|
||||
Ctrl-A BIOS and maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.7. Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
|
||||
The following issues are seen only with Adaptec
|
||||
Series 6 RAID controllers:
|
||||
o In maxView Storage Manager, the Preserve Cache
|
||||
option on the Set Properties window is not
|
||||
supported on Series 6 RAID controllers. Attempting
|
||||
to set this option for the Series 6 controller fails.
|
||||
|
||||
o Renaming a RAID volume disables the write-cache
|
||||
(if enabled). You cannot re-enable the write-cache
|
||||
in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use ARCCONF to enable the write-cache.
|
||||
|
||||
o In a VMware Guest OS under VMware 5.x, maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager and ARCCONF do not detect existing
|
||||
logical drive partitions. As a result,
|
||||
attempting to delete, clear, or erase the logical
|
||||
drive may fail.
|
||||
|
||||
o On Series 6 controllers, maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
deletes partitioned JBODs without issuing a
|
||||
warning message.
|
||||
|
||||
o Series 6 controllers do not support the ARCCONF
|
||||
GETPERFORM command.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.8. Simple Volume Support
|
||||
|
||||
o In this release, you can create a maximum of 128
|
||||
Simple Volumes in maxView Storage Manager, ARCCONF,
|
||||
or the BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
o When a Simple Volume fails, the status remains
|
||||
unchanged after drive replacement.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Manually delete the Simple Volume to
|
||||
remove it.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.9. Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
|
||||
o Changing a controller into Auto-Volume mode
|
||||
(ARCCONF/BIOS) is not supported if the configuration
|
||||
includes any logical device type other than Simple
|
||||
Volume, including a maxCache Device. The mode switch
|
||||
from RAID mode to Auto-Volume mode is blocked if any
|
||||
other type of logical volume exists (including
|
||||
maxCache). After switching to Auto-Volume mode,
|
||||
you can create and delete Simple Volumes
|
||||
only in maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
o In Auto-Volume mode, only the first 128 RAW drives
|
||||
are converted to Simple Volumes; the rest of the
|
||||
RAW drives remain unchanged. If you uninitialize
|
||||
a Ready drive while the controller is in Auto-Volume
|
||||
mode, the firmware converts the drive automatically
|
||||
until the Simple Volume count reaches the maximum.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.10. Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
XenServer does not support "hot-removal" of disk
|
||||
drives from a partitioned logical drive. As a result,
|
||||
if you hot remove a disk from a logical drive,
|
||||
the Guest OS becomes inaccessible because the drive
|
||||
partition remains visible to the OS instead of being cleared.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Reboot the XenServer host, detach the
|
||||
failed partition, then restart the VM.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.11. Changing Read and Write Cache Settings for
|
||||
Logical Drive
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager does not allow you to change
|
||||
the read-cache and write-cache settings for a logical drive
|
||||
in one step. You must click OK after each change.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3. Limitations Specific to Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
4.3.1. SES Passthrough Commands to Expanders
|
||||
|
||||
SES passthrough commands to expanders fail.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3.2 Firmware Upgrade Issues
|
||||
|
||||
For systems using Adaptec HBA 1000 with an Adaptec
|
||||
SAS Expander 82885T card, where the ARCCONF utility
|
||||
is used to upgrade the expander firmware, ARCCONF
|
||||
may crash if 64-bit chunk sizes are used.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use 32-bit chunk sizes to upgrade/downgrade
|
||||
the expander firmware.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2016 Microsemi Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
Microsemi and the Microsemi logo are trademarks of Microsemi
|
||||
Corporation. All other trademarks and service marks are
|
||||
the property of their respective owners.
|
||||
|
||||
PMC-2153191, Issue 2
|
||||
|
||||
Microsemi Corporation (Nasdaq: MSCC) offers a comprehensive
|
||||
portfolio of semiconductor and system solutions for communications,
|
||||
defense and security, aerospace, and industrial markets.
|
||||
Products include high-performance and radiation-hardened
|
||||
analog mixed-signal integrated circuits, FPGAs, SoCs, and
|
||||
ASICs; power management products; timing and synchronization
|
||||
devices and precise time solutions; voice processing devices;
|
||||
RF solutions; discrete components; enterprise storage and
|
||||
communications solutions; security technologies and scalable
|
||||
anti-tamper products; Ethernet solutions; Power-over-Ethernet
|
||||
ICs and midspans; custom design capabilities and services.
|
||||
Microsemi is headquartered in Aliso Viejo, California and has
|
||||
approximately 4,800 employees world-wide.
|
||||
Learn more at www.microsemi.com.
|
||||
|
||||
Microsemi makes no warranty, representation, or guarantee
|
||||
regarding the information contained herein or the suitability
|
||||
of its products and services for any particular purpose,
|
||||
nor does Microsemi assume any liability whatsoever arising
|
||||
out of the application or use of any product or circuit.
|
||||
The products sold hereunder and any other products sold
|
||||
by Microsemi have been subject to limited testing and should
|
||||
not be used in conjunction with mission-critical equipment
|
||||
or applications. Any performance specific ations are believed
|
||||
to be reliable but are not verified, and Buyer must conduct
|
||||
and complete all performance and other testing of the products,
|
||||
alone and together with, or installed in, any end-products.
|
||||
Buyer shall not rely on any data and performance specifications
|
||||
or parameters provided by Microsemi. It is the Buyer's
|
||||
responsibility to independently determine suitability of
|
||||
any products and to test and verify the same. The information
|
||||
provided by Microsemi hereunder is provided as is, where is
|
||||
and with all faults, and the entire risk associated with such
|
||||
information is entirely with the Buyer. Microsemi does not
|
||||
grant, explicitly or implicitly, to any party any patent
|
||||
rights, licenses, or any other IP rights, whether with regard
|
||||
to such information itself or anything described by
|
||||
such information. Information provided in this document is
|
||||
proprietary to Microsemi, and Microsemi reserves the right
|
||||
to make any changes to the information in this document or
|
||||
to any products and services at any time without notice.
|
||||
|
||||
The technology discussed in this document may be protected by
|
||||
one or more patent grants.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
|
||||
International License Agreement for Non-Warranted Programs
|
||||
|
||||
Part 1 - General Terms
|
||||
|
||||
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE PROGRAM.
|
||||
Adaptec WILL LICENSE THE PROGRAM TO YOU ONLY IF YOU FIRST ACCEPT THE
|
||||
TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BY USING THE PROGRAM YOU AGREE TO THESE
|
||||
TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT,
|
||||
PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNUSED PROGRAM TO THE PARTY (EITHER Adaptec OR
|
||||
ITS RESELLER) FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED IT TO RECEIVE A REFUND OF
|
||||
THE AMOUNT YOU PAID.
|
||||
|
||||
The Program is owned by (Adaptec) or a supplier of Adaptec
|
||||
and is copyrighted and licensed, not sold.
|
||||
|
||||
The term "Program" means the original program and all whole or
|
||||
partial copies of it. A Program consists of machine-readable
|
||||
instructions, its components, data, audio-visual content (such
|
||||
as images, text, recordings, or pictures), and related licensed
|
||||
materials.
|
||||
|
||||
This Agreement includes Part 1 - General Terms and Part 2
|
||||
Country unique Terms and is the complete agreement regarding the
|
||||
use of this Program, and replaces any prior oral or written
|
||||
communications between you and Adaptec. The terms of Part 2 may
|
||||
replace or modify those of Part 1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. License
|
||||
|
||||
Use of the Program
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec grants you a nonexclusive license to use the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may 1) use the Program to the extent of authorizations you
|
||||
have acquired and 2) make and install copies to support the
|
||||
level of use authorized, providing you reproduce the copyright
|
||||
notice and any other legends of ownership on each copy, or
|
||||
partial copy, of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If you acquire this Program as a program upgrade, your
|
||||
authorization to use the Program from which you upgraded is
|
||||
terminated.
|
||||
|
||||
You will ensure that anyone who uses the Program does so only in
|
||||
compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not 1) use, copy, modify, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as provided in this Agreement; 2) reverse assemble,
|
||||
reverse compile, or otherwise translate the Program except as
|
||||
specifically permitted by law without the possibility of
|
||||
contractual waiver; or 3) sublicense, rent, or lease the
|
||||
Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer of Rights and Obligations
|
||||
|
||||
You may transfer all your license rights and obligations under a
|
||||
Proof of Entitlement for the Program to another party by
|
||||
transferring the Proof of Entitlement and a copy of this
|
||||
Agreement and all documentation. The transfer of your license
|
||||
rights and obligations terminates your authorization to use the
|
||||
Program under the Proof of Entitlement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Proof of Entitlement
|
||||
|
||||
The Proof of Entitlement for this Program is evidence of your
|
||||
authorization to use this Program and of your eligibility for
|
||||
future upgrade program prices (if announced) and potential
|
||||
special or promotional opportunities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Charges and Taxes
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec defines use for the Program for charging purposes and
|
||||
specifies it in the Proof of Entitlement. Charges are based on
|
||||
extent of use authorized. If you wish to increase the extent of
|
||||
use, notify Adaptec or its reseller and pay any applicable charges.
|
||||
Adaptec does not give refunds or credits for charges already due or
|
||||
paid.
|
||||
|
||||
If any authority imposes a duty, tax, levy or fee, excluding
|
||||
those based on Adaptec's net income, upon the Program supplied by
|
||||
Adaptec under this agreement, then you agree to pay that amount
|
||||
as Adaptec specifies or
|
||||
supply exemption documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. No Warranty
|
||||
|
||||
SUBJECT TO ANY STATUTORY WARRANTIES WHICH CAN NOT BE EXCLUDED,
|
||||
Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
|
||||
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT
|
||||
AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE PROGRAM OR TECHNICAL SUPPORT,
|
||||
IF ANY. Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTY REGARDING THE CAPABILITY OF THE
|
||||
PROGRAM TO CORRECTLY PROCESS, PROVIDE AND/OR RECEIVE DATE DATA
|
||||
WITHIN AND BETWEEN THE 20TH AND 21ST CENTURIES.
|
||||
|
||||
The exclusion also applies to any of Adaptec's subcontractors,
|
||||
suppliers, or program developers (collectively called
|
||||
"Suppliers").
|
||||
|
||||
Manufacturers, suppliers, or publishers of non-Adaptec Programs may
|
||||
provide their own warranties.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Limitation of Liability
|
||||
|
||||
NEITHER Adaptec NOR ITS SUPPLIERS WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT OR
|
||||
INDIRECT
|
||||
|
||||
DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
|
||||
SAVINGS, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR OTHER ECONOMIC
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF Adaptec IS INFORMED OF THEIR
|
||||
POSSIBILITY. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
|
||||
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE
|
||||
EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. General
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this Agreement affects any statutory rights of
|
||||
consumers that cannot be waived or limited by contract.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec may terminate your license if you fail to comply with the
|
||||
terms of this Agreement. If Adaptec does so, you must immediately
|
||||
destroy the Program and all copies you made of it.
|
||||
|
||||
You agree to comply with applicable export laws and regulations.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec will bring a legal action under this
|
||||
Agreement more than two years after the cause of action arose
|
||||
unless otherwise provided by local law without the possibility
|
||||
of contractual waiver or limitation.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec is responsible for failure to fulfill any
|
||||
obligations due to causes beyond its control.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec does not provide program services or technical support,
|
||||
unless Adaptec specifies otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
The laws of the country in which you acquire the Program govern
|
||||
this Agreement, except 1) in Australia, the laws of the State or
|
||||
Territory in which the transaction is performed govern this
|
||||
Agreement; 2) in Albania, Armenia, Belarus, Bosnia/Herzegovina,
|
||||
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan,
|
||||
Kirghizia, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia
|
||||
(FYROM), Moldova, Poland, Romania, Russia, Slovak Republic,
|
||||
Slovenia, Ukraine, and Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, the laws
|
||||
of Austria govern this Agreement; 3) in the United Kingdom, all
|
||||
disputes relating to this Agreement will be governed by English
|
||||
Law and will be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
|
||||
English courts; 4) in Canada, the laws in the Province of
|
||||
Ontario govern this Agreement; and 5) in the United States and
|
||||
Puerto Rico, and People's Republic of China, the laws of the
|
||||
State of New York govern this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Part 2 - Country-unique Terms
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUSTRALIA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Trade Practices Act 1974 or other
|
||||
legislation and are only limited to the extent permitted by the
|
||||
applicable legislation.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Adaptec is in breach of a condition or warranty implied by the
|
||||
Trade Practices Act 1974, Adaptec's liability is limited to the
|
||||
repair or replacement of the goods, or the supply of equivalent
|
||||
goods. Where that condition or warranty relates to right to
|
||||
sell, quiet possession or clear title, or the goods are of a
|
||||
kind ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use
|
||||
or consumption, then none of the limitations in this paragraph
|
||||
apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANY:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraphs are added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The minimum warranty period for Programs is six months.
|
||||
|
||||
In case a Program is delivered without Specifications, we will
|
||||
only warrant that the Program information correctly describes
|
||||
the Program and that the Program can be used according to the
|
||||
Program information. You have to check the usability according
|
||||
to the Program information within the "money-back guaranty"
|
||||
period.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitations and exclusions specified in the Agreement will
|
||||
not apply to damages caused by Adaptec with fraud or gross
|
||||
negligence, and for express warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INDIA:
|
||||
|
||||
General (Section 6):
|
||||
The following replaces the fourth paragraph of this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
If no suit or other legal action is brought, within two years
|
||||
after the cause of action arose, in respect of any claim that
|
||||
either party may have against the other, the rights of the
|
||||
concerned party in respect of such claim will be forfeited and
|
||||
the other party will stand released from its obligations in
|
||||
respect of such claim.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IRELAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Except as expressly provided in these terms and conditions, all
|
||||
statutory conditions, including all warranties implied, but
|
||||
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, all
|
||||
warranties implied by the Sale of Goods Act 1893 or the Sale of
|
||||
Goods and Supply of Services Act 1980 are hereby excluded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ITALY:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
This Section is replaced by the following:
|
||||
|
||||
Unless otherwise provided by mandatory law, Adaptec is not liable
|
||||
for any damages which might arise.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NEW ZEALAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 or
|
||||
other legislation which cannot be excluded or limited. The
|
||||
Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 will not apply in respect of any
|
||||
goods or services which Adaptec provides, if you require the goods
|
||||
and services for the purposes of a business as defined in that
|
||||
Act.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Programs are not acquired for the purposes of a business
|
||||
as defined in the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, the limitations
|
||||
in this Section are subject to the limitations in that Act.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA:
|
||||
|
||||
Charges (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to the Section:
|
||||
|
||||
All banking charges incurred in the People's Republic of China
|
||||
will be borne by you and those incurred outside the People's
|
||||
Republic of China will be borne by Adaptec.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED KINGDOM:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section at the end of
|
||||
the first paragraph:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitation of liability will not apply to any breach of
|
||||
Adaptec's obligations implied by Section 12 of the Sales of Goods
|
||||
Act 1979 or Section 2 of the Supply of Goods and Services Act
|
||||
1982.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED STATES AND CANADA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Country-unique Terms apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
By continuing with the installation of the Program, you are
|
||||
accepting the terms and conditions above.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,708 +0,0 @@
|
||||
README: maxView Storage Manager & ARCCONF Command Line Utility
|
||||
|
||||
Microsemi Adaptec maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
Microsemi Adaptec Command Line Interface Utility (ARCCONF)
|
||||
|
||||
as of September 7, 2016
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Please check the product website for the newer versions of this file to
|
||||
ensure you are reviewing the latest information.
|
||||
|
||||
This file contains important information about issues and errata that were
|
||||
discovered after completion of the standard product documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
In the case of conflict between various parts of the documentation set,
|
||||
this file contains the most current information.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Table of Contents
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 1. New Features of this Release
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
2.1 Utility Software
|
||||
2.2 Documentation
|
||||
2.2.1 Series 6, 7, 8 Product Documentation
|
||||
2.2.2 HBA 1000 Series Product Documentation
|
||||
2.2.3 SmartIOC Product Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 3. Installation Notes
|
||||
3.1 Installation and Setup
|
||||
3.2 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
3.2.1 Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
3.2.2 Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
3.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
3.4 Remote Access
|
||||
3.5 Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
3.6 SLES Setup
|
||||
3.7 Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
3.8 Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
3.9 RAW Device Setup (Series 6, 7, 8 Only)
|
||||
3.10 maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 4. Known Limitations
|
||||
4.1 Global Limitations
|
||||
4.1.1 Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
4.1.2 Email Notifications
|
||||
4.1.3 SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
4.1.4 Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
4.1.5 Browser Issues
|
||||
4.1.6 Remote System Access on Linux and Windows
|
||||
4.1.7 RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
4.1.8 RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
4.1.9 Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
4.1.10 ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
4.1.11 Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
4.1.12 Hot Swap Issues on VMware CentOS Guest OS
|
||||
4.1.13 Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
4.1.14 PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
4.1.15 Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
4.1.16 Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
4.1.17 Online Help Issues
|
||||
4.1.18 Broadcasting Alerts About Status and Activity
|
||||
4.1.19 User-Specified Archive Path
|
||||
4.1.20 Clear Configuration Status After Re-Insertion
|
||||
4.1.21 Configuration Changes in Device Manager
|
||||
4.2 Limitations for Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
4.2.1 RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
4.2.2 maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
4.2.3 ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
4.2.4 Power Management Issues
|
||||
4.2.5 Verify/Verify with Fix
|
||||
4.2.6 ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
4.2.7 Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
4.2.8 Simple Volume Support
|
||||
4.2.9 Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
4.2.10 Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
4.2.11 Viewing Logical Drive Details After Re-Insertion
|
||||
4.3 Limitations for Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
4.3.1 SES Passthrough Commands to Expanders
|
||||
4.3.2 Firmware Upgrade Issues
|
||||
4.3.3 Mount Point Information with MPIO Support
|
||||
4.3.4 Locate Physical Disk LED Behavior
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 1. New Features of this Release
|
||||
|
||||
* Added new features:
|
||||
* Support for SMR HA(1) and SMR DM drives for all RAID levels and hot spares
|
||||
* Ability to attach support archive to email notifications
|
||||
* Save Config/Restore Config ribbon actions moved from Controller group to
|
||||
System group (Clear Config remains in Controller group.)
|
||||
* Misc UI changes/enhancements:
|
||||
* SMR drive identification in Enterprise view, Logical Device wizard,
|
||||
Spare Management wizard, Dashboard (tabs)
|
||||
* Display I2C address in Controller Properties tab (Smart controllers
|
||||
only)
|
||||
* Display physical devices in Summary panel for Logical Device wizard
|
||||
* Display enclosure information in Summary panel when multiple enclosures
|
||||
selected for Initialize/Uninitialize (Series 6/7/8)
|
||||
* Display specific failure messages instead of generic "Operation failed"
|
||||
* Display event message for Firmware Update complete
|
||||
* Display new firmware image version in maxView (and ARCCONF) for
|
||||
Microsemi Adaptec(r) SAS Expander AEC-82885T
|
||||
* New Enclosure node tabs: Resources, Slots
|
||||
* Multi-language support in maxView: English, Chinese, German, Japanese,
|
||||
Spanish, Russian
|
||||
* New/Enhanced ARCCONF commands:
|
||||
* Series 6/7/8: UARTLOG CONSOLE
|
||||
* Smart/HBA controllers: SETCONTROLLERPARAM <I2CAddress>, SAVECONFIG,
|
||||
PLAYCONFIG
|
||||
* Add unused and reserved size of physical drive properties in
|
||||
GETCONFIG output
|
||||
* Support for statically-linked ARCCONF on Linux x64 (allows ARCCONF to run
|
||||
without any OS library dependency)
|
||||
* Support for PowerPC platforms running RHEL, SLES, and Ubuntu, and PowerKVM
|
||||
(Series 6/7/8)
|
||||
* Support for Microsoft Hyper-V hypervisor, Hyper-V Windows & Linux
|
||||
Guest OSs
|
||||
* Bugfixes
|
||||
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
(1) SMR: Shingled Magnetic Recording. HA: Host Aware (backward compatible
|
||||
with standard HDD). DM: Device Managed (backward compatible with standard
|
||||
HDD).
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
2.1. Utility Software
|
||||
|
||||
* Microsemi Adaptec(r) maxView Storage Manager Version 2.02.00 (B22404)
|
||||
* Microsemi Adaptec(r) ARCCONF Command Line Interface Utility Version 2.02.00 (B22404)
|
||||
|
||||
2.2. Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.1 Series 6, 7, 8 Product Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF Format
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for Microsemi Adaptec ARC-Family
|
||||
Controllers
|
||||
* Microsemi Adaptec RAID Controller Command Line Utility User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager Online Help
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager/ARCCONF README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.2 HBA 1000 Series Product Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF:
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for Microsemi Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
* Microsemi Adaptec HBA 1000 Series Command Line Utility User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format:
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager for Smart-Family Controllers Online Help
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager/ARCCONF README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.3 SmartIOC Product Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF:
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for Microsemi Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
* Microsemi SmartIOC 2000 Command Line Utility User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format:
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager for Microsemi Smart-Family Controllers Online Help
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager/ARCCONF README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 3. Installation Notes
|
||||
|
||||
3.1. Installation and Setup
|
||||
Refer to your product documentation for the installation and setup details:
|
||||
* Your product Installation and User's Guide contains complete installation
|
||||
information for your product's drivers.
|
||||
* The maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for your product contains
|
||||
installation information for the maxView Storage Manager software.
|
||||
* The Command Line Utility User's Guide for your product contains complete
|
||||
installation information for ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
|
||||
Notes:
|
||||
|
||||
1. maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF Command Line Utility are supported on
|
||||
64-bit operating systems only.
|
||||
2. The Boot USB (offline or pre-boot) for ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
is supported on Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2.1 Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
Microsoft Windows
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) Server 2012 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) Server 2012 R2 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) SBS 2011 (Standard and Essential, 64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) 10 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) 8.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) 7 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) WinPE 5.x (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Linux
|
||||
* Red Hat(r) Enterprise Linux/CentOS 7.2, 7.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Red Hat(r) Enterprise Linux/CentOS 6.8, 6.7 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Red Hat(r) Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.11, 5.10 (64-bit)
|
||||
* SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (64-bit)
|
||||
* SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP4 and SP3 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Debian Linux 8.3, 8.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Ubuntu Linux 16.04, 14.04.4 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Fedora Linux 23 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Linux on PowerPC
|
||||
* Red Hat(r) Enterprise Linux 7.2 (64-bit)
|
||||
* SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Ubuntu Linux 16.04, 14.04.4 (64-bit)
|
||||
* PowerKVM 3.1.0.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
FreeBSD
|
||||
* FreeBSD(r) 10.2 (64-bit)
|
||||
* FreeBSD(r) 9.3 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Solaris
|
||||
* Solaris 11.2 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Solaris 10 U9 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual OS Environments
|
||||
* VMware vSphere 6.0 (64-bit)
|
||||
* VMware ESXi 6.0, ESXi 5.5 U3 and U2 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Citrix XenServer 6.5.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft Hyper-V (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
3.2.2 Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
Microsoft Windows
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) Server 2012 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) Server 2012 R2 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) SBS 2011 (Standard and Essential, 64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) 10 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) 8.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft(r) Windows(r) 7 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Linux
|
||||
* Red Hat(r) Enterprise Linux/CentOS 7.2, 7.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Red Hat(r) Enterprise Linux/CentOS 6.8, 6.7 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Red Hat(r) Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.11, 5.10 (64-bit)
|
||||
* SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (64-bit)
|
||||
* SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP4 and SP3 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Ubuntu Linux 16.04, 14.04.4 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual OS Environments
|
||||
* VMware vSphere 6.0 U1, 6.0 (64-bit)
|
||||
* VMware ESXi 6.0, ESXi 5.5 U3 and U2 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Citrix XenServer 6.5.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
* Microsoft Hyper-V (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager is not backwards-compatible with Series 5 and
|
||||
older Adaptec controller models.
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager and legacy Adaptec Storage Manager (ASM) cannot
|
||||
coexist on the same system.
|
||||
* For Series 6, 7, 8 controllers:
|
||||
* maxView Storage Manager is not supported on FreeBSD. Use ARCCONF to
|
||||
create and manage arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
3.4 Remote Access
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager requires the following range of ports to be open for
|
||||
remote access:
|
||||
* 34570-34580 (TCP)
|
||||
* 34570 (UDP)
|
||||
* 34577-34580 (UDP)
|
||||
|
||||
3.5 Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
To log in and use maxView Storage Manager on a Windows 8 system, you must
|
||||
create a local user account; you cannot use your MS Live account. To create a
|
||||
local user account:
|
||||
1. Log into your MS Live account.
|
||||
2. Select Settings->Change PC Settings->Users->Switch to Local user.
|
||||
3. Provide account details.
|
||||
4. Start maxView Storage Manager and log in with your local user account
|
||||
credentials.
|
||||
|
||||
3.6 SLES Setup
|
||||
To avoid a problem with launching maxView Storage Manager on SLES 11 or SLES
|
||||
12 x64 systems with DHCP enabled, ensure that the /etc/hosts file maps the
|
||||
server IP address to a valid host name; it is not sufficient to map the IP
|
||||
address to 'localhost'.
|
||||
|
||||
3.7 Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
* To avoid a maxView Login failure on Ubuntu systems, you must ensure that the
|
||||
root user account is enabled. (It is disabled, by default, on Ubuntu 14.04
|
||||
and later because no password is set.)
|
||||
For example: sudo bash; sudo passwd root
|
||||
* When upgrading maxView Storage Manager on an existing Ubuntu Linux x64
|
||||
installation, you must enable the upgrade switch before installing the
|
||||
maxView .deb package:
|
||||
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=true
|
||||
dpkg -i StorMan-*.deb
|
||||
|
||||
To uninstall maxView after the upgrade:
|
||||
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=false
|
||||
dpkg -r storman
|
||||
|
||||
3.8 Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
When running maxView Storage Manager from the bootable USB image, you may be
|
||||
prompted with one or more with security warnings before maxView launches. In
|
||||
each case, acknowledge the warning and continue.
|
||||
|
||||
3.9 RAW Device Setup (Series 6, 7, 8 Only)
|
||||
On Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 controllers, a RAW Pass Through
|
||||
device is analogous to a JBOD, supported by Adaptec Series 6 controllers and
|
||||
older. Any drive without Adaptec RAID metadata is exposed to the OS as a RAW
|
||||
Pass Through device. To remove the Adaptec metadata and convert the drive to a
|
||||
RAW device, use the Uninitialize command in maxView Storage Manager; any
|
||||
existing data on the drive is destroyed. (You can also run uninit from the
|
||||
BIOS or ARCCONF.) For more information about working with RAW devices, see
|
||||
'controller modes' in the CLI User's Guide, and BIOS 'general settings' in the
|
||||
RAID Controller Installation and User's Guide.
|
||||
|
||||
3.10 maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
The maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client is supported on VMware 5.5
|
||||
and 6.0.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 4. Known Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
4.1 Global Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.1 Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
In dual-controller systems, the controller order in maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
and the BIOS differs. Example: with an Adaptec 72405 and 7805 installed, the
|
||||
BIOS reports the 72405 as controller 1 and the 7805 as controller 2; in the
|
||||
GUI, the controller order is reversed.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.2 Email Notifications
|
||||
On Linux systems, we recommend adding the SMTP host name and the system IP
|
||||
address, to the /etc/hosts file. Doing so ensures that email notifications
|
||||
will succeed if you specify the email server in maxView Storage Manager by
|
||||
host name. Otherwise, email notifications (including test messages) may fail
|
||||
if the DNS is unable to resolve the host name.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Specify the email server in maxView Storage Manager by IP address.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.3 SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
In this release, maxView Storage Manager does not show connector information
|
||||
for SGPIO enclosures.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.4 Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager can "see" RAID controllers operating in HBA mode,
|
||||
Auto-Volume mode, and Simple Volume mode (Adaptec Series 7, Adaptec Series 8,
|
||||
Smart Family controllers only). However, to change the controller mode on
|
||||
Adaptec Series 7/8 controllers, you must use ARCCONF or the BIOS. With Adaptec
|
||||
Smart-Family controllers, you can also change the controller mode with maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.5 Browser Issues
|
||||
* To run maxView Storage Manager on the supported browsers, Javascript must be
|
||||
enabled.
|
||||
* With Ubuntu Linux, Firefox 46/47 has alignment problems in some parts of the
|
||||
maxView GUI.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Upgrade to Firefox 48.
|
||||
* Due to a certificate bug in Firefox 31.x, maxView login may fail on RHEL
|
||||
systems with a "Secure Connection" error. (Firefox 31.1 is the default
|
||||
browser on RHEL 6.6; on RHEL 7.1, it is 31.4.)
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Upgrade to the latest Firefox version.
|
||||
* With the default Security setting in Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 and 11,
|
||||
you may be unable to login to maxView Storage Manager or experience certain
|
||||
GUI display issues in the maxView online Help system.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Change the default Security setting from High (or Medium-High)
|
||||
to Medium. Alternative: add the GUI IP address to the trusted sites list.
|
||||
* With Google Chrome, the scrollbar resets itself to the top after selecting a
|
||||
drive in the Logical Drive wizard. To select another drive, you must scroll
|
||||
back down to the drive location.
|
||||
* With Microsoft Internet Explorer 10, the controller firmware update wizard
|
||||
does not show the f/w update file name when the upload completes. To refresh
|
||||
the display, click Next then Back.
|
||||
* We do not recommend using multiple browsers simultaneously on the same
|
||||
maxView instance. Doing so may cause display issues or freezes; to restore
|
||||
maxView, refresh the display by pressing F5.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.6 Remote System Access on Linux and Windows
|
||||
To avoid remote system access failures from Linux and Windows clients running
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager, check and update one or all of the following system
|
||||
and network settings:
|
||||
|
||||
Windows:
|
||||
* Ensure that the DNS server information is properly configured
|
||||
|
||||
RHEL/Linux:
|
||||
Set server.properties file permissions to at least read-only at all levels
|
||||
1. Stop all maxView services.
|
||||
2. Set the Permissions of server.properties file to read and write or read-
|
||||
only at all levels (Owner, Group and Others). Apply and close.
|
||||
3. Restart all services in the given order - cim, agent, tomcat
|
||||
4. Now try to remote login to this system from any other system
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.7 RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager and the Ctrl-A BIOS report the wrong segment order for
|
||||
RAID 10s, regardless of the order in which the drives are selected.
|
||||
|
||||
Example 1: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs in maxView Storage Manager:
|
||||
(1a) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
|
||||
(1b) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(1c) the correct and expected RAID segment order is:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
Example 2: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs with ARCCONF:
|
||||
(2a) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(2b) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the correct RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.8 RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
With a degraded RAID 10 logical drive, the drive is rebuilt one leg at a time,
|
||||
not in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.9 Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager, Locate Logical Drive continues to blink the LED
|
||||
for a pulled physical drive in the array after the locate action is stopped.
|
||||
(For unpulled drives, the blinking stops.) This issue is not seen with
|
||||
ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.10 ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
ARCCONF is backward compatible with older Adaptec controller models. As a
|
||||
result, the ARCCONF user's guide and online help show command options that are
|
||||
not supported by newer Adaptec controllers, like the Adaptec Series 7 and
|
||||
Adaptec Series 8 or later products.
|
||||
Example: With ARCCONF SETMAXCACHE, Adaptec Series 7 and Series 8 controllers
|
||||
do not support ADDTOPOOL or REMOVEFROMPOOL.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.11 Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
Updating the firmware for a SAS hard disk drive with ARCCONF/maxView can crash
|
||||
(PSOD) the VMware Guest OS. This issue is seen with SAS hard drives only; with
|
||||
SATA drives, the firmware update completes successfully.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.12 Hot Swap Issues on VMware CentOS Guest OS
|
||||
Due to a limitation with the VMware CentOS Guest OS network configuration,
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager does not show newly added or removed hot swap drives.
|
||||
(ARCCONF sees the configuration change but maxView does not.)
|
||||
WORKAROUND: (1) reboot the system or restart maxView services; (2) adjust the
|
||||
network configuration; contact Adaptec Support for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.13 Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
Enclosure status, in maxView Storage Manager, is event-driven. As a result,
|
||||
enclosures can have a "Degraded" status even if related resources (fan,
|
||||
temperature, power) are performing normally (Optimal status). For instance,
|
||||
the Enclosure status changes to "Degraded" if the system reports an "Enclosure
|
||||
device not responding ..." event, even if other sensor values are normal.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.14 PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
In the Controller Properties window, maxView Storage Manager shows the
|
||||
Connector Info as "unknown" for all PHYs on an enclosure-based backplane (for
|
||||
instance, a backplane attached to connector 1).
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.15 Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
Special characters are permitted in logical device names in maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager, the BIOS, and ARCCONF. However, with Linux ARCCONF (create, setname),
|
||||
special characters must be "escaped" to ensure proper interpretation. For
|
||||
example: ARCCONF SETNAME 1 LOGICALDRIVE 1 arc_ldrive%\$12\&
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.16 Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
SuperMicro SAS2X28 enclosures do not propagate the speaker status to maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager. As a result, maxView always displays the speaker status as
|
||||
Off.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.17 Online Help Issues
|
||||
* Help from the Express Configuration wizard opens the Custom Configuration
|
||||
help panel.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Open the Express Configuration Help panel from the Help System
|
||||
TOC pane.
|
||||
* When opening the maxView Storage Manager help from a remote Linux system
|
||||
(eg, over a VPN), the help window may fail to open with a 'can't establish
|
||||
connection to server' message.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Replace 127.0.0.1:8443 in the URL with <system_ip_address>:8443
|
||||
* In IE11, topics in the help may display with a 'Topics Not Found' message
|
||||
when their corresponding links are clicked in the navigation pane of the
|
||||
help.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Click on the "Add" browser prompt to add certification to view
|
||||
the content.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.18 Broadcasting Alerts About Status and Activity
|
||||
This feature is not supported by the maxView Storage Manager or ARCCONF and
|
||||
has been removed from the product documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.19 User-Specified Archive Path
|
||||
While executing the savesupportarchive command where a user-specified path
|
||||
exists, ARCCONF will instead place the logs under the /var/log/ directory.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.20 Clear Configuration Status After Re-Insertion
|
||||
After removing a RAID member and then clearing the controller configuration,
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager recovers the configuration for all RAID volumes and
|
||||
physical drives when the offline drive is re-inserted and the OS restarted. By
|
||||
design, RAID members store metadata about all other virtual devices. This
|
||||
allows the controller to recover the configuration from the re-inserted drive,
|
||||
even though the configuration was previously cleared.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.21 Configuration Changes in Device Manager
|
||||
After disabling/enabling the Microsemi Adaptec controller in the Device
|
||||
Manager, it can take up to 10 minutes for maxView Storage Manager to detect
|
||||
the configuration change.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use the Refresh link in the maxView GUI to update the
|
||||
configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2 Limitations for Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.1 RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
* The following RAID-level migrations (RLM) are supported in this release:
|
||||
* RAID 0 to RAID 5
|
||||
* RAID 0 to RAID 10
|
||||
* RAID 5 to RAID 6
|
||||
* RAID 6 to RAID 5
|
||||
* RAID 10 to RAID 5
|
||||
* RAID 5 to RAID 10
|
||||
* RAID 1 to RAID 5
|
||||
* SIMPLE VOLUME to RAID 1
|
||||
* RAID 1 to SIMPLE VOLUME
|
||||
* When migrating a Simple Volume to RAID 1, maxView Storage Manager reports
|
||||
the logical drive state as Impacted (rather than Reconfiguring); this is
|
||||
normal.
|
||||
* We do not recommend performing a RAID-level migration or Online Capacity
|
||||
Expansion (OCE) on a logical drive with maxCache SSD caching enabled.
|
||||
NOTE: maxView Storage Manager grays out the options for logical drives with
|
||||
maxCache enabled. ARCCONF terminates the task.
|
||||
* Always allow a RAID-level migration to complete before creating a support
|
||||
archive file. Otherwise, the support archive will include incorrect
|
||||
partition information. Once the migration is complete, the partition
|
||||
information will be reported correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.2 maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
Only one maxCache Device is supported per controller. Moving the maxCache
|
||||
Device (all underlying SSDs) from one controller to another (assuming both
|
||||
controllers support maxCache) is supported only if (1) the new controller does
|
||||
not have a maxCache Device or any other maxCache Device with a conflicting
|
||||
device number and (2) only after a clean shutdown on the old controller.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.3 ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
ARCCONF supports >2TB maxCache Devices if you create the device with the 'max'
|
||||
parameter. However, the functional limit for the maxCache Device is 2TB, which
|
||||
is also the limit in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.4 Power Management Issues
|
||||
* Power management is not supported on FreeBSD.
|
||||
* Capturing support logs from maxView or ARCCONF will spin up drives when
|
||||
power management is active. This behavior is by design.
|
||||
* The Logical Drive Creation wizard no longer includes the option to enable
|
||||
power management settings.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Enable power management for the logical drive from the Set
|
||||
Properties window.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.5 Verify/Verify with Fix
|
||||
* Incremental progress percentage information in SNMP is not updated for the
|
||||
Verify/Verify_Fix operations. Task progress shows 0% until complete, then
|
||||
100%.
|
||||
* In maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF, the Verify_Fix operation is NOT
|
||||
available when:
|
||||
1. The logical drive has a non-redundant RAID level.
|
||||
2. Other tasks are in progress on the logical drive.
|
||||
3. The logical drive is in a non-optimal or impacted state.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.6 ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
In ARCCONF, the ATA Secure Erase operation cannot be aborted. Once started, it
|
||||
continues to completion.
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager, the drive is locked during ATA Secure Erase. To
|
||||
recover, use the ARCCONF ATAPASSWORD CLEAR <passwd> command; the default
|
||||
password is 'pmc-sierra'.
|
||||
NOTE: ATA Secure Erase is also available in the Ctrl-A BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.7 Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
The following issues are seen only with Microsemi Adaptec Series 6 RAID
|
||||
controllers:
|
||||
* In maxView Storage Manager, the Preserve Cache option on the Set Properties
|
||||
window is not supported on Series 6 RAID controllers. Attempting to set this
|
||||
option for the Series 6 controller fails.
|
||||
* Renaming a RAID volume disables the write-cache (if enabled). You cannot re-
|
||||
enable the write-cache in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use ARCCONF to enable the write-cache.
|
||||
* In a VMware Guest OS under VMware 5.x, maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF
|
||||
do not detect existing logical drive partitions. As a result, attempting to
|
||||
delete, clear, or erase the logical drive may fail.
|
||||
* On Series 6 controllers, maxView Storage Manager deletes partitioned JBODs
|
||||
without issuing a warning message.
|
||||
* Series 6 controllers do not support the ARCCONF GETPERFORM command.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.8 Simple Volume Support
|
||||
* In this release, you can create a maximum of 128 Simple Volumes in maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager, ARCCONF, or the BIOS.
|
||||
* When a Simple Volume fails, the status remains unchanged after drive
|
||||
replacement.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Manually delete the Simple Volume to remove it.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.9 Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
* Changing a controller into Auto-Volume mode (ARCCONF/BIOS) is not supported
|
||||
if the configuration includes any logical device type other than Simple
|
||||
Volume, including a maxCache Device. The mode switch from RAID mode to Auto-
|
||||
Volume mode is blocked if any other type of logical volume exists (including
|
||||
maxCache). After switching to Auto-Volume mode, you can create and delete
|
||||
Simple Volumes only in maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF.
|
||||
* In Auto-Volume mode, only the first 128 RAW drives are converted to Simple
|
||||
Volumes; the rest of the RAW drives remain unchanged. If you uninitialize a
|
||||
Ready drive while the controller is in Auto-Volume mode, the firmware
|
||||
converts the drive automatically until the Simple Volume count reaches the
|
||||
maximum.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.10 Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
XenServer does not support "hot-removal" of disk drives from a partitioned
|
||||
logical drive. As a result, if you hot remove a disk from a logical drive, the
|
||||
Guest OS becomes inaccessible because the drive partition remains visible to
|
||||
the OS instead of being cleared.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Reboot the XenServer host, detach the failed partition, then
|
||||
restart the VM.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.11 Viewing Logical Drive Details After Re-Insertion
|
||||
If you remove/re-insert a RAID member when the controller's "Automatic
|
||||
Failover" property is enabled and there is no hot spare configured/protecting
|
||||
the logical device, you must click on the Refresh link in maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager to view the proper data of the re-inserted drive and RAID volume.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3. Limitations for Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
4.3.1 SES Passthrough Commands to Expanders
|
||||
SES passthrough commands to expanders fail.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3.2 Firmware Upgrade Issues
|
||||
For systems using Adaptec HBA 1000 with an Adaptec SAS Expander 82885T card,
|
||||
where the ARCCONF utility is used to upgrade the expander firmware, ARCCONF
|
||||
may crash if 64-bit chunk sizes are used.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use 32-bit chunk sizes to upgrade/downgrade the expander firmware.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3.3 Mount Point Information with MPIO Support
|
||||
When Multipath I/O (MPIO) is enabled in Windows, mount point information is
|
||||
not available in maxView or ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3.4 Locate Physical Disk LED Behavior
|
||||
Since the locate commands are executed at the physical device level, the LED
|
||||
that is used to locate physical disks in an array when using ARCCONF/maxView
|
||||
will continue to blink the physical device(s) even after deleting the array.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2016 Microsemi Corporation. All rights reserved. Microsemi and
|
||||
the Microsemi logo are trademarks of Microsemi Corporation. All other
|
||||
trademarks and service marks are the property of their respective owners.
|
||||
|
||||
Microsemi Corporation (Nasdaq: MSCC) offers a comprehensive portfolio of
|
||||
semiconductor and system solutions for communications, defense and security,
|
||||
aerospace, and industrial markets. Products include high-performance and
|
||||
radiation-hardened analog mixed-signal integrated circuits, FPGAs, SoCs, and
|
||||
ASICs; power management products; timing and synchronization devices and
|
||||
precise time solutions; voice processing devices; RF solutions; discrete
|
||||
components; enterprise storage and communications solutions; security
|
||||
technologies and scalable anti-tamper products; Ethernet solutions; Power-
|
||||
over-Ethernet ICs and midspans; custom design capabilities and services.
|
||||
Microsemi is headquartered in Aliso Viejo, California and has approximately
|
||||
4,800 employees world-wide. Learn more at www.microsemi.com.
|
||||
|
||||
PMC-2153191, Issue 3
|
||||
|
||||
Microsemi makes no warranty, representation, or guarantee regarding the
|
||||
information contained herein or the suitability of its products and services
|
||||
for any particular purpose, nor does Microsemi assume any liability whatsoever
|
||||
arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit. The products
|
||||
sold hereunder and any other products sold by Microsemi have been subject to
|
||||
limited testing and should not be used in conjunction with mission-critical
|
||||
equipment or applications. Any performance specific ations are believed to be
|
||||
reliable but are not verified, and Buyer must conduct and complete all
|
||||
performance and other testing of the products, alone and together with, or
|
||||
installed in, any end-products. Buyer shall not rely on any data and
|
||||
performance specifications or parameters provided by Microsemi. It is the
|
||||
Buyer's responsibility to independently determine suitability of any products
|
||||
and to test and verify the same. The information provided by Microsemi
|
||||
hereunder is provided "as is, where is" and with all faults, and the entire
|
||||
risk associated with such information is entirely with the Buyer. Microsemi
|
||||
does not grant, explicitly or implicitly, to any party any patent rights,
|
||||
licenses, or any other IP rights, whether with regard to such information
|
||||
itself or anything described by such information. Information provided in this
|
||||
document is proprietary to Microsemi, and Microsemi reserves the right to make
|
||||
any changes to the information in this document or to any products and
|
||||
services at any time without notice.
|
||||
|
||||
The technology discussed in this document may be protected by one or more
|
||||
patent grants.
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -1,678 +0,0 @@
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
README.TXT
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager (ASM)
|
||||
|
||||
as of May 7, 2012
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Please review this file for important information about issues
|
||||
and erratas that were discovered after completion of the standard
|
||||
product documentation. In the case of conflict between various
|
||||
parts of the documentation set, this file contains the most
|
||||
current information.
|
||||
|
||||
The following information is available in this file:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
1.1 Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
1.2 Documentation
|
||||
2. Installation and Setup Notes
|
||||
2.1 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
2.2 Minimum System Requirements
|
||||
2.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
2.4 Linux Setup Notes
|
||||
2.5 Debian Linux Setup Notes
|
||||
3. General Cautions and Notes
|
||||
3.1 General Cautions
|
||||
3.2 General Notes
|
||||
4. Operating System-Specific Issues and Notes
|
||||
4.1 Windows - All
|
||||
4.2 Windows 64-Bit
|
||||
4.3 Linux
|
||||
4.4 Debian and Ubuntu
|
||||
4.5 FreeBSD
|
||||
4.6 Fedora and FreeBSD
|
||||
4.7 Linux and FreeBSD
|
||||
4.8 VMware
|
||||
5. RAID Level-Specific Notes
|
||||
5.1 RAID 1 and RAID 5 Notes
|
||||
5.2 RAID 10 Notes
|
||||
5.3 RAID x0 Notes
|
||||
5.4 RAID Volume Notes
|
||||
5.5 JBOD Notes
|
||||
5.6 Hybrid RAID Notes
|
||||
5.7 RAID-Level Migration Notes
|
||||
6. Power Management Issues and Notes
|
||||
7. "Call Home" Issues and Notes
|
||||
8. ARCCONF Issues and Notes
|
||||
9. Other Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
1. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
1.1. Adaptec Storage Manager Version 7.3.1, ARCCONF Version 7.3.1
|
||||
|
||||
1.2. Documentation on this DVD
|
||||
|
||||
PDF format*:
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager User's Guide
|
||||
- Adaptec RAID Controller Command Line Utility User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
*Requires Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or later
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and text format:
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager Online Help
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
2. Installation and Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- The Adaptec Storage Manager User's Guide contains complete installation
|
||||
instructions for the Adaptec Storage Manager software. The Adaptec
|
||||
RAID Controllers Command Line Utility User's Guide contains
|
||||
complete installation instructions for ARCCONF, Remote ARCCONF,
|
||||
and the Adaptec CIM Provider. The Adaptec RAID Controllers
|
||||
Installation and User's Guide contains complete installation
|
||||
instructions for Adaptec RAID controllers and drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
2.1 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
|
||||
- Microsoft Windows*:
|
||||
|
||||
o Windows Server 2008, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Server 2008 R2, 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows SBS 2011, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Storage Server 2008 R2, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Storage Server 2011, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows 7, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
|
||||
*Out-of-box and current service pack
|
||||
|
||||
- Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7, 6.1, IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, 11, IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o Debian Linux 5.0.7, 6.0 IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 10.10, 11.10, IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o Fedora Linux 14, 15, 16 IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o Cent OS 5.7, 6.2, IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 5.0, VMware ESX 4.1 Classic (Agent only)
|
||||
|
||||
- Solaris:
|
||||
|
||||
o Solaris 10,
|
||||
o Solaris 11 Express
|
||||
|
||||
- FreeBSD:
|
||||
|
||||
o FreeBSD 7.4, 8.2
|
||||
|
||||
2.2 Minimum System Requirements
|
||||
|
||||
o Pentium Compatible 1.2 GHz processor, or equivalent
|
||||
o 512 MB RAM
|
||||
o 135 MB hard disk drive space
|
||||
o Greater than 256 color video mode
|
||||
|
||||
2.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- You can configure Adaptec Storage Manager settings on other
|
||||
servers exactly as they are configured on one server. To
|
||||
replicate the Adaptec Storage Manager Enterprise view tree
|
||||
and notification list, do the following:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Install Adaptec Storage Manager on one server.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Start Adaptec Storage Manager. Using the 'Add remote system'
|
||||
action, define the servers for your tree.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Open the Notification Manager. Using the 'Add system'
|
||||
action, define the notification list.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Exit Adaptec Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Copy the following files onto a diskette from the directory
|
||||
where the Adaptec Storage Manager is installed:
|
||||
|
||||
RaidMSys.ser --> to replicate the tree
|
||||
RaidNLst.ser --> to replicate the notification list
|
||||
RaidSMTP.ser --> to replicate the SMTP e-mail notification list
|
||||
RaidJob.ser --> to replicate the jobs in the Task Scheduler
|
||||
|
||||
6. Install Adaptec Storage Manager on the other servers.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Copy the files from the diskette into the directory where
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager is installed on the other servers.
|
||||
|
||||
2.4 Linux Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- Because the RPM for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 is unsigned, the
|
||||
installer reports that the package is "Unsigned, Malicious Software".
|
||||
Ignore the message and continue the installation.
|
||||
|
||||
- To run Adaptec Storage Manager under Red Hat Enterprise Linux for
|
||||
x64, the Standard installation with "Compatibility Arch Support"
|
||||
is required.
|
||||
|
||||
- To install Adaptec Storage Manager on Red Hat Enterprise Linux,
|
||||
you must install two packages from the Red Hat installation CD:
|
||||
|
||||
o compat-libstdc++-7.3-2.96.122.i386.rpm
|
||||
o compat-libstdc++--devel-7.3-2.96.122.i386.rpm
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The version string in the file name may be different
|
||||
from above. Be sure to check the version string on the
|
||||
Red Hat CD.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, type:
|
||||
|
||||
rpm --install /mnt/compat-libstdc++-7.3-2.96.122.i386.rpm
|
||||
|
||||
where mnt is the mount point of the CD-ROM drive.
|
||||
|
||||
- To install Adaptec Storage Manager on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5,
|
||||
you must install one of these packages from the Red Hat
|
||||
installation CD:
|
||||
|
||||
o libXp-1.0.0-8.i386.rpm (32-Bit)
|
||||
o libXp-1.0.0-8.x86.rpm (64-Bit)
|
||||
|
||||
- To install Adaptec Storage Manager on SuSE Linux Enterprise
|
||||
Desktop 9, Service Pack 1, for 64-bit systems, you must install
|
||||
two packages from the SuSE Linux installation CD:
|
||||
|
||||
- liblcms-devel-1.12-55.2.x86_64.rpm
|
||||
- compat-32bit-9-200502081830.x86_64.rpm
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The version string in the file name may be different
|
||||
from above. Be sure to check the version string on the
|
||||
installation CD.
|
||||
|
||||
- To enable ASM's hard drive firmware update feature on RHEL 64-bit
|
||||
systems, you must ensure that the "sg" module is loaded in the
|
||||
kernel. To load the module manually (if it is not loaded already),
|
||||
use the command "modprobe sg".
|
||||
|
||||
2.5 Debian Linux Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- You can use the ASM GUI on Debian Linux 5.x only if you install
|
||||
the GNOME desktop. Due to a compatibility issue with X11, the
|
||||
default KDE desktop is not supported in this release.
|
||||
|
||||
- To ensure that the ASM Agent starts automatically when Debian
|
||||
is rebooted, you must update the default start and stop values
|
||||
in /etc/init.d/stor_agent, as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
·[Original]
|
||||
# Default-Start: 2 3 5
|
||||
# Default-Stop: 0 1 2 6
|
||||
|
||||
·[Modification]
|
||||
# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
|
||||
# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
|
||||
|
||||
To activate the changes, execute 'insserv stor_agent', as root.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
3. Adaptec Storage Manager General Cautions and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
3.1 General Cautions
|
||||
|
||||
- This release supports a maximum of 8 concurrent online capacity
|
||||
expansion (OCE) tasks in the RAID array migration wizard.
|
||||
|
||||
- While building or clearing a logical drive, do not remove and
|
||||
re-insert any drive from that logical drive. Doing so may cause
|
||||
unpredictable results.
|
||||
|
||||
- Do not move disks comprising a logical drive from one controller
|
||||
to another while the power is on. Doing so could cause the loss of
|
||||
the logical drive configuration or data, or both. Instead, power
|
||||
off both affected controllers, move the drives, and then restart.
|
||||
|
||||
- When using Adaptec Storage Manager and the CLI concurrently,
|
||||
configuration changes may not appear in the Adaptec Storage
|
||||
Manager GUI until you refresh the display (by pressing F5).
|
||||
|
||||
3.2 General Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager requires the following range of ports
|
||||
to be open for remote access: 34570-34580 (TCP), 34570 (UDP),
|
||||
34577-34580 (UDP).
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager generates log files automatically to
|
||||
assist in tracking system activity. The log files are
|
||||
created in the directory where Adaptec Storage Manager is
|
||||
installed.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidEvt.log - Contains the information reported in
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager event viewer for all
|
||||
local and remote systems.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidEvtA.log - Contains the information reported in
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager event viewer for the
|
||||
local system.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidNot.log - Contains the information reported in the
|
||||
Notification Manager event viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidErr.log - Contains Java messages generated by
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidErrA.log - Contains Java messages generated by the
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager agent.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidCall.log - Contains the information reported when
|
||||
statistics logging is enabled in ASM.
|
||||
|
||||
Information written to these files is appended to the existing
|
||||
files to maintain a history. However, when an error log file
|
||||
reaches a size of 5 Mbytes, it is copied to a new file with
|
||||
the extension .1 and the original (that is, the .LOG file) is
|
||||
deleted and recreated. For other log files, a .1 file is created
|
||||
when the .LOG file reaches a size of 1 Mbyte. If a .1 file already
|
||||
exists, the existing .1 file is destroyed.
|
||||
|
||||
- In the Event viewer, Adaptec Storage Manager reports both the
|
||||
initial build task for a logical drive and a subsequent Verify/Fix
|
||||
as a "Build/Verify" task.
|
||||
|
||||
- When displaying information about a physical device, the device,
|
||||
vendor and model information may be displayed incorrectly.
|
||||
|
||||
- After using a hot spare to successfully rebuild a redundant
|
||||
logical drive, Adaptec Storage Manager will continue to
|
||||
show the drive as a global hot spare. To remove the hot spare
|
||||
designation, delete it in Adaptec Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
4. Operating System-Specific Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
4.1 Windows - All
|
||||
|
||||
- The Java Virtual Machine has a problem with the 256-color
|
||||
palette. (The Adaptec Storage Manager display may be distorted
|
||||
or hard to read.) Set the Display Properties Settings to a
|
||||
color mode with greater than 256 colors.
|
||||
|
||||
- When you shut down Windows, you might see the message
|
||||
"unexpected shutdown". Windows displays this message if the
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager Agent fails to exit within 3 seconds.
|
||||
It has no effect on file I/O or other system operations and can
|
||||
be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2 Windows 64-Bit
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec RAID controllers do not produce an audible alarm on the
|
||||
following 64-bit Windows operating systems:
|
||||
|
||||
o Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition (all versions)
|
||||
|
||||
4.3 Linux
|
||||
|
||||
- When you delete a logical drive, the operating system can no longer
|
||||
see the last logical drive. WORKAROUND: To allow Linux to see the
|
||||
last logical drive, restart your system.
|
||||
|
||||
- The controller does not support attached CD drives during OS
|
||||
installation.
|
||||
|
||||
- On certain versions of Linux, you may see messages concerning font
|
||||
conversion errors. Font configuration under X-Windows is a known
|
||||
JVM problem. It does not affect the proper operation of the
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager software. To suppress these messages,
|
||||
add the following line to your .Xdefaults file:
|
||||
|
||||
stringConversionWarnings: False
|
||||
|
||||
4.4 Debian and Ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
- To create logical drives on Debian and Ubuntu installations, you
|
||||
must log in as root. It is not sufficient to start ASM with the
|
||||
'sudo /usr/StorMan/StorMan.sh' command (when not logged in as
|
||||
root). WORKAROUND: To create logical drives on Ubuntu when not
|
||||
logged in as root, install the package 'sudo dpkg -i storm_6.50-15645_amd64.deb'.
|
||||
|
||||
4.5 FreeBSD
|
||||
|
||||
- On FreeBSD systems, JBOD disks created with Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
are not immediately available to the OS. You must reboot the
|
||||
system before you can use the JBOD.
|
||||
|
||||
4.6 Fedora and FreeBSD
|
||||
|
||||
- Due to an issue with the Java JDialog Swing class, the 'Close'
|
||||
button may not appear on some Adaptec Storage Manager windows
|
||||
or dialog boxes under FreeBSD or Fedora Linux 15 or higher.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Press ALT+F4 or right-click on the title bar, then
|
||||
close the dialog box from the pop-up menu.
|
||||
|
||||
4.7 Linux and FreeBSD
|
||||
|
||||
- If you cannot connect to a local or remote Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
installed on a Linux or FreeBSD system, verify that the TCP/IP hosts
|
||||
file is configured properly.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open the /etc/hosts file.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The following is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
127.0.0.1 localhost.localdomain localhost matrix
|
||||
|
||||
2. If the hostname of the system is identified on the line
|
||||
with 127.0.0.1, you must create a new host line.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Remove the hostname from the 127.0.0.1 line.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The following is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
127.0.0.1 localhost.localdomain localhost
|
||||
|
||||
4. On a new line, type the IP address of the system.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Using the Tab key, tab to the second column and enter the
|
||||
fully qualified hostname.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Using the Tab key, tab to the third column and enter the
|
||||
nickname for the system.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The following is an example of a completed line:
|
||||
|
||||
1.1.1.1 matrix.localdomain matrix
|
||||
|
||||
where 1.1.1.1 is the IP address of the server and
|
||||
matrix is the hostname of the server.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Restart the server for the changes to take effect.
|
||||
|
||||
4.8 VMware
|
||||
|
||||
- If you are unable to connect to VMware ESX Server from a
|
||||
remote ASM GUI, even though it appears in the Enterprise
|
||||
View as a remote system, most likely, some required ports
|
||||
are open and others are not. (The VMware ESX firewall blocks
|
||||
most ports, by default.) Check to make sure that all ports
|
||||
34570 thru 34581 are opened on the ESX server.
|
||||
|
||||
- After making array configuration changes in VMware, you must
|
||||
run the "esxcfg-rescan" tool manually at the VMware console
|
||||
to notify the operating system of the new target characteristics
|
||||
and/or availability. Alternatively, you can rescan from the
|
||||
Virtual Infrastructure Client: click on the host in the left
|
||||
panel, select the Configuration tab, choose "Storage Adapters",
|
||||
then, on the right side of the screen, click "Rescan".
|
||||
|
||||
- With VMware ESX 4.1, the OS command 'esxcfg-scsidevs -a'
|
||||
incorrectly identifies the Adaptec ASR-5445 controller as
|
||||
"Adaptec ASR5800". (ASM itself identifies the controller
|
||||
correctly.) To verify the controller name at the OS level,
|
||||
use this command to check the /proc file system:
|
||||
|
||||
# cat /proc/scsi/aacraid/<Node #>
|
||||
|
||||
where <Node #> is 1, 2, 3 etc.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
5. RAID Level-Specific Notes
|
||||
|
||||
5.1 RAID 1 and RAID 5 Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- During a logical device migration from RAID 1 or RAID 5 to
|
||||
RAID 0, if the original logical drive had a spare drive
|
||||
attached, the resulting RAID 0 retains the spare drive.
|
||||
Since RAID 0 is not redundant, you can remove the hot spare.
|
||||
|
||||
5.2 RAID 10 Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- If you force online a failed RAID 10, ASM erroneously shows two
|
||||
drives rebuilding (the two underlying member drives), not one.
|
||||
|
||||
- You cannot change the priority of a RAID 10 verify. Setting
|
||||
the priority at the start of a verify has no effect. The
|
||||
priority is still shown as high. Changing the priority of
|
||||
a running verify on a RAID-10 changes the displayed priority
|
||||
until a rescan is done, then the priority shows as high again.
|
||||
|
||||
- Performing a Verify or Verify/Fix on an RAID 10 displays the
|
||||
same message text in the event log: "Build/Verify started on
|
||||
second level logical drive of 'LogicalDrive_0.'" You may see the
|
||||
message three times for a Verify, but only once for a Verify/Fix.
|
||||
|
||||
5.3 RAID x0 Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- To create a RAID x0 with an odd number of drives (15, 25, etc),
|
||||
specify an odd number of second-level devices in the Advanced
|
||||
settings for the array. For a 25 drive RAID 50, for instance,
|
||||
the default is 24 drives.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This differs from the BIOS utility, which creates RAID x0
|
||||
arrays with an odd number of drives by default.
|
||||
|
||||
- After building or verifying a leg of a second-level logical drive,
|
||||
the status of the second-level logical drive is displayed as a
|
||||
"Quick Initialized" drive.
|
||||
|
||||
5.4 RAID Volume Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- In ASM, a failed RAID Volume comprised of two RAID 1 logical
|
||||
drives is erroneously reported as a failed RAID 10. A failed
|
||||
RAID Volume comprised of two RAID 5 logical drives is
|
||||
erroneously reported as a failed RAID 50.
|
||||
|
||||
5.5 JBOD Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- In this release, ASM deletes partitioned JBODs without issuing
|
||||
a warning message.
|
||||
|
||||
- When migrating a JBOD to a Simple Volume, the disk must be quiescent
|
||||
(no I/O load). Otherwise, the migration will fail with an I/O Read
|
||||
error.
|
||||
|
||||
5.6 Hybrid RAID Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- ASM supports Hybrid RAID 1 and RAID 10 logical drives comprised
|
||||
of hard disk drives and Solid State Drives (SSDs). For a Hybrid
|
||||
RAID 10, you must select an equal number of SSDs and HDDs in
|
||||
“every other drive” order, that is: SSD—HDD—SSD—HDD, and so on.
|
||||
Failure to select drives in this order creates a standard
|
||||
logical drive that does not take advantage of SSD performance.
|
||||
|
||||
5.7 RAID-Level Migration (RLM) Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- We strongly recommend that you use the default 256KB stripe
|
||||
size for all RAID-level migrations. Choosing a different stripe
|
||||
size may crash the system.
|
||||
|
||||
- If a disk error occurs when migrating a 2TB RAID 0 to RAID 5
|
||||
(eg, bad blocks), ASM displays a message that the RAID 5 drive
|
||||
is reconfiguring even though the migration failed and no
|
||||
RAID-level migration task is running. To recreate the
|
||||
logical drive, fix or replace the bad disk, delete the RAID 5
|
||||
in ASM, then try again.
|
||||
|
||||
- When migrating a RAID 5EE, be careful not to remove and re-insert
|
||||
a drive in the array. If you do, the drive will not be included
|
||||
when the array is rebuilt. The migration will stop and the drive
|
||||
will be reported as Ready (not part of array).
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: We strongly recommend that you do not remove and re-insert
|
||||
any drive during a RAID-level migration.
|
||||
|
||||
- When migrating a RAID 6 to a RAID 5, the migration will fail if
|
||||
the (physical) drive order on the target logical device differs
|
||||
from the source; for instance, migrating a four-drive RAID 6 to
|
||||
a three-drive RAID 5.
|
||||
|
||||
- Migrating a RAID 5 with greater than 2TB capacity to RAID 6 or
|
||||
RAID 10 is not supported in this release. Doing so may crash
|
||||
the system.
|
||||
|
||||
- When migrating from a RAID 0 to any redundant logical drive,
|
||||
like RAID 5 or 10, Adaptec Storage Manager shows the status as
|
||||
"Degraded Reconfiguring" for a moment, then the status changes
|
||||
to "Reconfiguring." The "Degraded" status does not appear in
|
||||
the event log.
|
||||
|
||||
- The following RAID-level migrations and online capacity
|
||||
expansions (OCE) are NOT supported:
|
||||
|
||||
o RAID 50 to RAID 5 RLM
|
||||
o RAID 60 to RAID 6 RLM
|
||||
o RAID 50 to RAID 60 OCE
|
||||
|
||||
- During a RAID-level migration, ASM and the BIOS utility show
|
||||
different RAID levels while the migration is in progress. ASM shows
|
||||
the target RAID level; the BIOS utility shows the current RAID level.
|
||||
|
||||
- If a disk error occurs during a RAID-level migration (eg, bad blocks),
|
||||
the exception is reported in the ASM event viewer (bottom pane)
|
||||
and in the support archive file (Support.zip, Controller 1 logs.txt),
|
||||
but not in the main ASM Event Log file, RaidEvtA.log.
|
||||
|
||||
- Always allow a RAID-level migration to complete before gathering
|
||||
support archive information in Support.zip. Otherwise, the Support.zip
|
||||
file will include incorrect partition information. Once the RLM is
|
||||
complete, the partition information will be reported correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
6. Power Management Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- You must use a compatible combination of Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
and controller firmware and driver software to use the power
|
||||
management feature. All software components must support power
|
||||
management. You can download the latest controller firmware
|
||||
and drivers from the Adaptec Web site at www.adaptec.com.
|
||||
|
||||
- Power management is not supported under FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
- Power management settings apply only to logical drives in the
|
||||
Optimal state. If you change the power settings on a Failed
|
||||
logical drive, then force the drive online, the previous
|
||||
settings are reinstated.
|
||||
|
||||
- After setting power values for a logical drive in ARCCONF, the
|
||||
settings are not updated in the Adaptec Storage Manager GUI.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
7. "Call Home" Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- The Call Home feature is not supported in this release. To gather
|
||||
statistics about your system for remote analysis, enable statistics
|
||||
logging in ASM, then create a Call Home Support Archive. For more
|
||||
information, see the user's guide.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
8. ARCCONF Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- With VMware ESX 4.1, you cannot delete a logical drive
|
||||
with ARCCONF. WORKAROUND: Connect to the VMware machine from a
|
||||
remote ASM GUI, then delete the logical drive.
|
||||
|
||||
- With Linux kernel versions 2.4 and 2.6, the ARCCONF
|
||||
DELETE <logical_drive> command may fail with a Kernel Oops
|
||||
error message. Even though the drives are removed from the
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager GUI, they may not really be deleted.
|
||||
Reboot the controller; then, issue the ARCCONF DELETE command
|
||||
again.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
9. Other Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- Some solid state drives identify themselves as ROTATING media.
|
||||
As a result, these SSDs:
|
||||
|
||||
o Appear as SATA drives in the ASM Physical Devices View
|
||||
o Cannot be used as Adaptec maxCache devices
|
||||
o Cannot be used within a hybrid RAID array (comprised of
|
||||
SSDs and hard disks)
|
||||
|
||||
- The blink pattern on Adaptec Series 6/6Q/6E/6T controllers differs
|
||||
from Series 2 and Series 5 controllers:
|
||||
|
||||
o When blinking drives in ASM, the red LED goes on and stays solid;
|
||||
on Series 2 and 5 controllers, the LED blinks on and off.
|
||||
|
||||
o When failing drives in ASM (using the 'Set drive state to failed'
|
||||
action), the LED remains off; on Series 2 and 5 controllers, the
|
||||
LED goes on and remains solid.
|
||||
|
||||
- Cache settings for RAID Volumes (Read cache, Write cache, maxCache)
|
||||
have no effect. The cache settings for the underlying logical
|
||||
devices take priority.
|
||||
|
||||
- On rare occasions, ASM will report invalid medium error counts on
|
||||
a SATA hard drive or SSD. To correct the problem, use ARCCONF to
|
||||
clear the device counts. The command is:
|
||||
|
||||
arcconf getlogs <Controller_ID> DEVICE clear
|
||||
|
||||
- On rare occasions, ASM lists direct-attached hard drives and SSDs
|
||||
as drives in a virtual SGPIO enclosure. Normally, the drives are
|
||||
listed in the Physical Devices View under ports CN0 and CN1.
|
||||
|
||||
- Hard Drive Firmware Update Wizard:
|
||||
|
||||
o Firmware upgrade on Western Digital WD5002ABYS-01B1B0 hard drives
|
||||
is not supported for packet sizes below 2K (512/1024).
|
||||
|
||||
o After flashing the firmware of a Seagate Barracuda ES ST3750640NS
|
||||
hard drive, you MUST cycle the power before ASM will show the new
|
||||
image. You can pull out and re-insert the drive; power cycle the
|
||||
enclosure; or power cycle the system if the drive is attached directly.
|
||||
|
||||
- Secure Erase:
|
||||
|
||||
o If you reboot the system while a Secure Erase operation is in
|
||||
progress, the affected drive may not be displayed in Adaptec
|
||||
Storage Manager or other Adaptec utilities, such as the ACU.
|
||||
|
||||
o You can perform a Secure Erase on a Solid State Drive (SSD) to
|
||||
remove the metadata. However, the drive will move to the Failed
|
||||
state when you reboot the system. To use the SSD, reboot to
|
||||
the BIOS, then initialize the SSD. After initialization, the SSD
|
||||
will return to the Ready state. (A SSD in the Failed state cannot
|
||||
be initialized in ASM.)
|
||||
|
||||
- The Repair option in the ASM Setup program may fail to fix a
|
||||
corrupted installation, depending on which files are affected.
|
||||
The repair operation completes successfully, but the software
|
||||
remains unfixed.
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager may fail to exit properly when you create
|
||||
64 logical devices in the wizard. The logical devices are still
|
||||
created, however.
|
||||
|
||||
- The "Clear logs on all controllers" action does not clear events
|
||||
in the ASM Event Viewer (GUI). It clears device events, defunct
|
||||
drive events, and controller events in the controllers' log files.
|
||||
To clear events in the lower pane of the GUI, select Clear
|
||||
configuration event viewer from the File menu.
|
||||
|
||||
- Stripe Size Limits for Large Logical Drives:
|
||||
|
||||
The stripe size limit for logical drives with more than 8 hard
|
||||
drives is 512KB; for logical drives with more than 16 hard
|
||||
drives it is 256KB.
|
||||
|
||||
- Agent Crashes when Hot-Plugging an Enclosure:
|
||||
|
||||
With one or more logical drives on an enclosure, removing
|
||||
the enclosure cable from the controller side may crash
|
||||
the ASM Agent.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(c) 2012 PMC-Sierra, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
This software is protected under international copyright laws and
|
||||
treaties. It may only be used in accordance with the terms
|
||||
of its accompanying license agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
The information in this document is proprietary and confidential to
|
||||
PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. In any event,
|
||||
no part of this document may be reproduced or redistributed in any
|
||||
form without the express written consent of PMC-Sierra, Inc.,
|
||||
1380 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089.
|
||||
|
||||
P/N DOC-01700-02-A Rev A
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
libstdc++.so.6.0.8
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
BIN
arcconf_2.03.0.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_2.03.0.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_2.03.0.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_2.03.0.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
6455985a1ce492a8d89b602f9e7663602b815a43
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_2.03.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_2.03.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_2.03.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_2.03.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
b2c7e4e3926e1251a81ed1ffdfded410842377f7
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_2.03.2.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_2.03.2.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_2.03.2.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_2.03.2.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
525eaf69e115059fb1210db1a2597eadc34f2413
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_2.05.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_2.05.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_2.05.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_2.05.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
ba15fa23eac215b711d713a73fba9a0cc15391fa
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_2.05.2.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_2.05.2.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_2.05.2.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_2.05.2.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
ba15fa23eac215b711d713a73fba9a0cc15391fa
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_2.05.3.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_2.05.3.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_2.05.3.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_2.05.3.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
f4c596b9af3a8e2d71b67b9b275f12111daa2992
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_2.05.4.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_2.05.4.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_2.05.4.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_2.05.4.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
423b71ae95e74b7812961a7eaba3d8cb41b46c5a
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_2.06.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_2.06.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_2.06.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_2.06.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
ea2c84be2cbf46d1ff6774e4550fd6b12b873963
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_3.00.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_3.00.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_3.00.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_3.00.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
ee3c07ca0ee088633c414d9d6ff4920cb999768a
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_3.01.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_3.01.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_3.01.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_3.01.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
e6556d24736aaeda71c0d3f2c6117a13f3b7de10
|
||||
BIN
arcconf_3.03.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
BIN
arcconf_3.03.1.orig.tar.gz.delta
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
arcconf_3.03.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
1
arcconf_3.03.1.orig.tar.gz.id
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
5cc091115dd8f93d9b103a7053e2ce3cb6215ca9
|
||||
102
build_orig.sh
102
build_orig.sh
@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
# the directory of the script
|
||||
DIR=`cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" && pwd`
|
||||
echo "Working directory $DIR"
|
||||
|
||||
# the temp directory used, within $DIR
|
||||
WORK_DIR=`mktemp -d -p "$DIR"`
|
||||
echo "Creating temp working directory $WORK_DIR"
|
||||
|
||||
# deletes the temp directory
|
||||
function cleanup {
|
||||
rm -rf "$WORK_DIR"
|
||||
echo "Deleted temp working directory $WORK_DIR"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# register the cleanup function to be called on the EXIT signal
|
||||
trap cleanup EXIT
|
||||
|
||||
# Download Files specified in files.diz
|
||||
while IFS=! read type app version outputfile url md5 realver
|
||||
do
|
||||
echo "Downloading $app Version: $version"
|
||||
#use -O for output file. define $outputfile yourself
|
||||
wget -c --no-check-certificate --tries=1 -O $DIR/../$outputfile --timeout=5 "$url"
|
||||
# use $(..) instead of backticks.
|
||||
calculated_md5=$(md5sum "$DIR/../$outputfile" | cut -f 1 -d " ")
|
||||
# compare md5
|
||||
case "$calculated_md5" in
|
||||
"$md5" )
|
||||
echo "$DIR/../$outputfile md5 ok"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "$DIR/../$outputfile md5 NOT ok"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done < "$DIR/files.diz"
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract to specified dir and set some variables
|
||||
while IFS=! read type app version outputfile url md5 realver
|
||||
do
|
||||
mkdir -p $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}
|
||||
pushd $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}
|
||||
unzip $DIR/../$outputfile
|
||||
tar -zxf $DIR/../$outputfile
|
||||
rpm2cpio $DIR/../$outputfile | cpio -idmv
|
||||
rpm2cpio manager/*.x86_64.rpm | cpio -idmv
|
||||
rpm2cpio manager/*.i386.rpm | cpio -idmv
|
||||
popd
|
||||
mkdir -p $WORK_DIR/${app}-${version}/${type}/${realver}
|
||||
pushd $WORK_DIR/${app}-${version}/${type}/${realver}
|
||||
case "${type}" in
|
||||
"amd64" )
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/linux_x64/cmdline/arcconf .
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/linux_x64/arcconf .
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/lib64/lib* .
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/StorMan/arcconf .
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/StorMan/libstdc* .
|
||||
chmod +x arcconf
|
||||
dos2unix $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/linux_x64/cmdline/*.{txt,TXT}
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/linux_x64/cmdline/*.{txt,TXT} .
|
||||
dos2unix $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/StorMan/*.{txt,TXT}
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/StorMan/*.{txt,TXT} .
|
||||
;;
|
||||
"i386" )
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/linux/cmdline/arcconf .
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/lib/lib* .
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/StorMan/arcconf .
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/StorMan/libstdc* .
|
||||
chmod +x arcconf
|
||||
dos2unix $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/linux/cmdline/*.{txt,TXT}
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/linux/cmdline/*.{txt,TXT} .
|
||||
dos2unix $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/StorMan/*.{txt,TXT}
|
||||
mv $WORK_DIR/${type}/${realver}/usr/StorMan/*.{txt,TXT} .
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "Wrong arch"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
echo "${app}_${version}.orig.tar.gz" > $WORK_DIR/filename.txt
|
||||
echo "${app}-${version}" > $WORK_DIR/dirname.txt
|
||||
echo "${version}" > $WORK_DIR/version.txt
|
||||
popd
|
||||
done < "$DIR/files.diz"
|
||||
|
||||
FILENAME=`cat $WORK_DIR/filename.txt`
|
||||
DIRNAME=`cat $WORK_DIR/dirname.txt`
|
||||
echo "Creating $DIR/../$FILENAME "
|
||||
|
||||
pushd $WORK_DIR
|
||||
tar -czf $DIR/../$FILENAME $DIRNAME
|
||||
popd
|
||||
|
||||
VER=`cat $WORK_DIR/version.txt`
|
||||
echo "Importing $DIR/../$FILENAME as $VER into git"
|
||||
#exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup
|
||||
gbp import-orig --pristine-tar -u $VER $DIR/../$FILENAME
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
14
debian/README.source
vendored
14
debian/README.source
vendored
@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
|
||||
arcconf-2.02 (1:2.02.22404-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
Sources have been repacked from the following upstream archive:
|
||||
|
||||
373126b8d256aa76022906145a87d398 arcconf_v2_02_22404.zip
|
||||
|
||||
Upstream licence has been reformated using the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
cat /tmp/1 | sed 's!$!\n!' | \
|
||||
sed "s|Bureau of Industry and Security's Lists to Check|http://www.bis.doc.gov/ComplianceAndEnforcement/ListsToCheck.htm|" | \
|
||||
awk 'NR==1 || NF || prvNF {print} {prvNF=NF}' | sed 's!^$!.!' | \
|
||||
vim - -c '%!fold -s -w76' -c '%s/^/ /'
|
||||
|
||||
-- Reto Kaiser (njam) <reto@cargomedia.ch> Thu Mar 20 14:32:12 UTC 2014
|
||||
5
debian/arcconf.wrapper32
vendored
5
debian/arcconf.wrapper32
vendored
@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/lib/arcconf:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
#exec /usr/bin/linux32 --uname-2.6 /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf $@
|
||||
exec /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf $@
|
||||
5
debian/arcconf.wrapper64
vendored
5
debian/arcconf.wrapper64
vendored
@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/lib/arcconf:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
#exec /usr/bin/linux64 --uname-2.6 /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf $@
|
||||
exec /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf $@
|
||||
26
debian/changelog
vendored
26
debian/changelog
vendored
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
||||
arcconf (3.03.1-1) UNRELEASED; urgency=medium
|
||||
|
||||
* new integrated version
|
||||
* add old 7.31 version of arcconf for compatiility
|
||||
* add old version 4.30 for compatibility
|
||||
* Bump to 2.06
|
||||
* Bump to 3.00
|
||||
* add missing 3.00 to package
|
||||
* Bump to 3.01
|
||||
* Bump to 3.02
|
||||
* Bump to 3.03
|
||||
|
||||
-- Mario Fetka <mario.fetka@gmail.com> Tue, 13 Aug 2019 15:05:02 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
arcconf (2.05.1) UNRELEASED; urgency=medium
|
||||
|
||||
* Non-maintainer upload.
|
||||
* new integrated version
|
||||
|
||||
-- Mario Fetka <mario.fetka@gmail.com> Tue, 31 Oct 2017 17:14:13 +0100
|
||||
|
||||
arcconf (2.02.22404-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* Initial release.
|
||||
|
||||
-- Adam Cécile (Le_Vert) <gandalf@le-vert.net> Thu, 20 Mar 2014 09:00:00 +0200
|
||||
1
debian/compat
vendored
1
debian/compat
vendored
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
7
|
||||
46
debian/control
vendored
46
debian/control
vendored
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Source: arcconf
|
||||
Section: admin
|
||||
Priority: optional
|
||||
Maintainer: Adam Cécile (Le_Vert) <gandalf@le-vert.net>
|
||||
Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 5), libc6-i386 | atop
|
||||
Standards-Version: 3.9.3
|
||||
|
||||
Package: arcconf
|
||||
Architecture: amd64 i386
|
||||
Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends}
|
||||
Provides: arcconf-1.05, arcconf-1.07, arcconf-1.08, arcconf-2.02
|
||||
Conflicts: arcconf-1.05, arcconf-1.07, arcconf-1.08, arcconf-2.02
|
||||
Replaces: arcconf-1.05, arcconf-1.07, arcconf-1.08, arcconf-2.02
|
||||
Description: Adaptec ARCCONF command line tool
|
||||
Compatible Products:
|
||||
.
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6405E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6405T
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6445
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805Q
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805T
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805TQ
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 7805
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 7805Q
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 71605
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 71605E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 71605Q
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 71685
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 72405
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 78165
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8405
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8405E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8805
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8805E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8885
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8885Q
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 81605Z
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 81605ZQ
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-8e
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-8i
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-8i8e
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-16e
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-16i
|
||||
Adaptec SAS Expander 82885T
|
||||
46
debian/control.in
vendored
46
debian/control.in
vendored
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Source: arcconf
|
||||
Section: admin
|
||||
Priority: optional
|
||||
Maintainer: Adam Cécile (Le_Vert) <gandalf@le-vert.net>
|
||||
Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 5), @BUILD_DEPENDS@
|
||||
Standards-Version: 3.9.3
|
||||
|
||||
Package: arcconf
|
||||
Architecture: amd64 i386
|
||||
Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends}
|
||||
Provides: arcconf-1.05, arcconf-1.07, arcconf-1.08, arcconf-2.02
|
||||
Conflicts: arcconf-1.05, arcconf-1.07, arcconf-1.08, arcconf-2.02
|
||||
Replaces: arcconf-1.05, arcconf-1.07, arcconf-1.08, arcconf-2.02
|
||||
Description: Adaptec ARCCONF command line tool
|
||||
Compatible Products:
|
||||
.
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6405E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6405T
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6445
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805Q
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805T
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 6805TQ
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 7805
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 7805Q
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 71605
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 71605E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 71605Q
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 71685
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 72405
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 78165
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8405
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8405E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8805
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8805E
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8885
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 8885Q
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 81605Z
|
||||
Adaptec RAID 81605ZQ
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-8e
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-8i
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-8i8e
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-16e
|
||||
PMC Adaptec HBA 1000-16i
|
||||
Adaptec SAS Expander 82885T
|
||||
215
debian/copyright
vendored
215
debian/copyright
vendored
@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Format: http://www.debian.org/doc/packaging-manuals/copyright-format/1.0/
|
||||
Upstream-Name: arcconf
|
||||
Source: http://storage.microsemi.com/en-us/speed/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_02_22404_zip.php
|
||||
|
||||
Files: debian/*
|
||||
Copyright: Copyright (C) 2016 Adam Cecile (Le_Vert) <gandalf@le-vert.net>
|
||||
License: GPL-3.0+
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
.
|
||||
This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
.
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
.
|
||||
On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License version 3 can be found in "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-3".
|
||||
|
||||
Files: *
|
||||
Copyright: Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Adaptec by PMC
|
||||
License: Proprietary
|
||||
Microsemi Corporation
|
||||
Microsemi Adaptec Downloadable Files:
|
||||
.
|
||||
This License is granted by Microsemi Corporation, referred to in this
|
||||
License as "PMC-Sierra" or "ADAPTEC Inc" or "ADAPTEC" or "we" or "us."
|
||||
Microsemi reserves the right to record all activities and to use any
|
||||
information obtained in accordance with the privacy policy which you can
|
||||
access below.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Directions to Obtain Your File:
|
||||
.
|
||||
CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS WELL AS THE EXPORT
|
||||
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS SET OUT BELOW. YOU MUST ANSWER THE REQUIRED
|
||||
QUESTION TRUTHFULLY TO LET US KNOW WHETHER YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND EXPORT COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS AND WHETHER YOU
|
||||
AGREE TO COMPLY. YOU MUST CLICK A FURTHER BUTTON TO CONFIRM YOUR ANSWER AND
|
||||
IF YOU ANSWER IN THE AFFIRMATIVE, A BINDING LICENSE AGREEMENT ("LICENSE")
|
||||
WILL BE CONCLUDED BETWEEN US. YOU MAY THEN PROCEED TO DOWNLOAD THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
.
|
||||
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS, CONDITIONS, AND EXPORT COMPLIANCE
|
||||
REQUIREMENTS THEN DO NOT DOWNLOAD THE SOFTWARE. IF YOU WISH TO CANCEL THIS
|
||||
LICENSE AT ANY TIME YOU MAY DO SO BY DESTROYING ALL COPIES AND PARTIAL
|
||||
COPIES OF THE SOFTWARE WHICH YOU HAVE DOWNLOADED.
|
||||
.
|
||||
YOU ALSO AGREE THAT YOU HAVE ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION IN ORDER TO ENTER
|
||||
INTO THIS LICENSE WHETHER UNDER AN APPLICABLE EUROPEAN E-COMMERCE DIRECTIVE
|
||||
OR OTHERWISE. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS, CONDITIONS, AND
|
||||
REQUIREMENTS, DO NOT DOWNLOAD ANY FILES.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Please retain a copy of the License for your files or you may contact
|
||||
ADAPTEC's Legal Department at the address listed below for a further copy.
|
||||
This license may be concluded in English or the language in which it is
|
||||
drafted by ADAPTEC and appears to you online, as applicable. If you are a
|
||||
consumer residing in Europe (a "European Consumer") then this License shall
|
||||
not affect your statutory rights under the local laws in Europe.
|
||||
.
|
||||
This License grants you a non-exclusive license to use the ADAPTEC Software
|
||||
and related documentation ("Software") on the following terms, conditions,
|
||||
and export compliance requirements:
|
||||
.
|
||||
If you are NOT an individual consumer residing in Europe then the following
|
||||
terms, conditions and export compliance requirements apply and are a part
|
||||
of your license: ALL SECTIONS EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED HEREIN.
|
||||
.
|
||||
If you are an individual consumer residing in Europe ("European Consumer")
|
||||
then the following terms, conditions and export compliance requirements
|
||||
apply and are made part of your License: 1, 2, 3, 4, applicable parts of 6,
|
||||
7, 9 and the first paragraph of export compliance. IF YOU ARE A EUROPEAN
|
||||
CONSUMER THIS LICENSE SHALL NOT AFFECT YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THE STATUTORY LAWS
|
||||
OF EUROPE.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Your right to use the Software.You may use the Software in machine readable
|
||||
form (i.e. the form you download from us) within a single working location.
|
||||
You may copy the Software in the same form solely for back-up purposes or
|
||||
use within a single working location. You must reproduce ADAPTEC's
|
||||
copyright notice and proprietary legends. These requirements apply to
|
||||
European Consumers.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Restrictions. This Software contains trade secrets and in order to protect
|
||||
them you may not: (1) distribute copies of the Software in any manner,
|
||||
including, but not limited to, distribution through web site posting; (2)
|
||||
decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble, or otherwise reduce the Software
|
||||
to a human perceivable form; (3) MODIFY, ADAPT OR TRANSLATE THE SOFTWARE
|
||||
INTO ANY OTHER FORM; (4) RENT, LEASE, LOAN, RESELL FOR PROFIT, OR CREATE
|
||||
DERIVATIVE WORKS BASED UPON THE SOFTWARE OR ANY PART OF IT. These
|
||||
requirements apply to European Consumers.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Ownership. The Software is copyrighted by, proprietary to and a trade
|
||||
secret of ADAPTEC. ADAPTEC retains the title, ownership and intellectual
|
||||
property rights in and to the Software and all subsequent copies regardless
|
||||
of the form or media. The Software is protected by the copyright laws of
|
||||
the United States, the European Union, and international copyright
|
||||
treaties. This License is not a sale of the Software. These terms apply to
|
||||
European consumers.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Termination. This License is effective until terminated. This License will
|
||||
terminate automatically without notice if you fail to comply with any of
|
||||
the provisions. Upon termination you shall destroy all copies of the
|
||||
Software including any partial copies. This provision applies to European
|
||||
Consumers.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Disclaimer of Warranty. IF YOU ARE A EUROPEAN CONSUMER THEN THIS SECTION 5
|
||||
DOES NOT APPLY TO YOU AND DOES NOT FORM PART OF YOUR LICENSE WITH US.
|
||||
PROCEED TO SECTION 6. THE SOFTWARE IS LICENSED TO YOU "AS IS." YOU ACCEPT
|
||||
ALL RISKS WHICH MAY ARISE FROM THE DOWNLOADING OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
|
||||
BUT NOT LIMITED TO ERRORS IN TRANSMISSION OR CORRUPTION OF EXISTING DATA OR
|
||||
SOFTWARE. ADAPTEC MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND SPECIFICALLY
|
||||
DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTIES' RIGHTS,
|
||||
WARRANTIES OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
Some states do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties or limitations
|
||||
of how long an implied warranty may last, so the above exclusion may not
|
||||
apply to you. You may also have other rights which vary from state to state.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Limitation of Liability. FOR EUROPEAN CONSUMERS: WE WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO
|
||||
YOU WHERE YOU SUFFER LOSS WHICH WAS NOT FORESEEABLE TO YOU AND TO US WHEN
|
||||
YOU DOWNLOADED THE SOFTWARE (EVEN IF IT RESULTS FROM OUR FAILURE TO COMPLY
|
||||
WITH THIS LICENSE OR OUR NEGLIGENCE); WHERE YOU SUFFER ANY BUSINESS LOSS
|
||||
INCLUDING LOSS OF REVENUE, PROFITS OR ANTICIPATED SAVINGS (WHETHER THOSE
|
||||
LOSSES ARE THE DIRECT OR INDIRECT RESULT OF OUR DEFAULT); OR WHERE YOUR
|
||||
LOSS DOES NOT RESULT FROM OUR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS LICENSE OR OUR
|
||||
NEGLIGENCE. THE SOFTWARE HAS BEEN MADE AVAILABLE TO YOU FREE OF CHARGE. YOU
|
||||
MAY AT ANY TIME DOWNLOAD A FURTHER COPY OF THE SOFTWARE FREE OF CHARGE TO
|
||||
REPLACE YOUR ORIGINAL COPY OF THE SOFTWARE (CONSEQUENTLY, WE AND OUR
|
||||
SUPPLIERS WILL ONLY BE LIABLE TO YOU UP TO A MAXIMUM TOTAL LIMIT OF TWO
|
||||
THOUSAND DOLLARS U.S. OR ITS EURO EQUIVALENT AT THE TIME A CLAIM IS MADE).
|
||||
OUR MAXIMUM FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY TO YOU AND THAT OF OUR SUPPLIERS WILL
|
||||
NOT EXCEED THIS LIMIT EVEN IF THE ACTUAL LOSS YOU SUFFER IS MORE THAN THAT.
|
||||
HOWEVER, NOTHING IN THIS LICENSE SHALL RESTRICT ANY PARTY'S LIABILITY FOR
|
||||
FRAUD, DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY ARISING FROM ITS NEGLIGENCE OR FOR FRAUD OR
|
||||
ANY FRAUDULENT MISREPRESENTATION.
|
||||
.
|
||||
ALL OTHERS DOWNLOADING THE SOFTWARE: THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED FREE OF
|
||||
CHARGE TO YOU, THEREFORE UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN
|
||||
AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR
|
||||
OTHERWISE, SHALL ADAPTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS OR RESELLERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR
|
||||
ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY ECONOMIC LOSS (INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFIT) OR FOR
|
||||
ANY LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF GOODWILL, LOSS OF ANTICIPATED
|
||||
SAVINGS (IN EACH CASE WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT) OR FOR ANY OTHER DIRECT
|
||||
OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
|
||||
EVEN IF ADAPTEC SHALL HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
HOWEVER, NOTHING IN THIS LICENSE SHALL RESTRICT ANY PARTY'S LIABILITY FOR
|
||||
FRAUD, DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY ARISING FROM ITS NEGLIGENCE OR FOR FRAUD OR
|
||||
ANY FRAUDULENT MISREPRESENTATION.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Export. By downloading, you acknowledge that the laws and regulations of
|
||||
the United States and relevant countries within the European Union,
|
||||
restrict the export and re-export of the Software. Further, you agree that
|
||||
you will not export or re-export the Software or media in any form without
|
||||
the appropriate United States and foreign government approval. If you are a
|
||||
European Consumer you must not export Software outside the country in which
|
||||
you download it without our prior written permission. (See below for
|
||||
details on Export Compliance Requirements.)
|
||||
.
|
||||
U.S. Government Restricted Rights. IF YOU ARE A EUROPEAN CONSUMER THEN THIS
|
||||
CLAUSE WILL NOT APPLY TO YOU AND DOES NOT FORM PART OF YOUR LICENSE
|
||||
AGREEMENT WITH US. PLEASE PROCEED TO SECTION 9. If the Software is acquired
|
||||
under the terms of a United States GSA contract, use, reproduction or
|
||||
disclosure is subject to the restrictions set forth in the applicable ADP
|
||||
Schedule contract. If the Software is acquired under the terms of a DoD or
|
||||
civilian agency contract, use, duplication or disclosure by the Government
|
||||
is subject to the restrictions of this License in accordance with 48 C.F.R.
|
||||
12.212 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations and its successors and 48
|
||||
C.F.R. 227.7202-1 of the DoD FAR Supplement and its successors. (See below
|
||||
for details on Export Compliance Requirements.)
|
||||
.
|
||||
General. California residents entered into and to be performed within
|
||||
California, except as governed by Federal law. Should any provision of this
|
||||
License be declared unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision
|
||||
shall be deemed to be severable from this License and shall not affect the
|
||||
remainder hereof. All rights in the Software not specifically granted in
|
||||
this License are reserved by Adaptec.
|
||||
.
|
||||
EXPORT COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS
|
||||
.
|
||||
Export of any information from the Adaptec web site (including Confidential
|
||||
Information obtained through Adaptec Access) outside of the United States
|
||||
is subject to all U.S. export control laws. You will abide by such laws and
|
||||
also to the provision of the U.S. Export-Re-export Requirements and
|
||||
Enhanced Proliferation Control Initiative set forth here. You and your
|
||||
organization will not sell, license, or otherwise provide or ship Adaptec
|
||||
products or technical data (or the direct product thereof) for export or
|
||||
re-export to the embargoed or restricted* countries listed below:
|
||||
.
|
||||
Afghanistan (Taliban controlled area), Cuba, Iran, Iraq, North Korea*,
|
||||
Sudan, and Syria*
|
||||
.
|
||||
You agree not to transfer, export or re-export Adaptec products, technology
|
||||
or software to your customers or any intermediate entity in the chain of
|
||||
supply if our products will be used in the design, development, production,
|
||||
stockpiling or use of missiles, chemical or biological weapons or for
|
||||
nuclear end uses without obtaining prior authorization from the U.S.
|
||||
Government.
|
||||
.
|
||||
You also agree that unless you receive prior authorization from the U.S.
|
||||
Department of Commerce, you shall not transfer, export or re-export,
|
||||
directly or indirectly, any Adaptec technology or software (or the direct
|
||||
product of such technology or software or any part thereof, or any process
|
||||
or service which is the direct product of such technology or software) to
|
||||
any Sanctioned and/or Embargoed entity listed on:
|
||||
.
|
||||
http://www.bis.doc.gov/ComplianceAndEnforcement/ListsToCheck.htm
|
||||
.
|
||||
If you have any questions concerning this License, contact:
|
||||
.
|
||||
Microsemi Corporation
|
||||
Legal Department
|
||||
1380 Bordeaux Drive
|
||||
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
|
||||
Phone: (408) 239-8000
|
||||
2
debian/dirs
vendored
2
debian/dirs
vendored
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
||||
usr/sbin
|
||||
usr/lib/arcconf
|
||||
1
debian/docs
vendored
1
debian/docs
vendored
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
amd64/2.02/README.TXT
|
||||
62
debian/postinst
vendored
62
debian/postinst
vendored
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.03" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.03 303
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.02" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.02 302
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.01" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.01 301
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.00" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.00 300
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.06" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.06 206
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.05" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.05 205
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.04" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.04 204
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.03" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.03 203
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.02" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.02 202
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.01" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.01 201
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.00" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.00 200
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.08" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.08 108
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.07" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.07 107
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.06" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.06 106
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.05" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.05 105
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.04" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.04 104
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-7.31" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-7.31 100
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-4.30" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --install /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-4.30 90
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#DEBHELPER#
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
62
debian/prerm
vendored
62
debian/prerm
vendored
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.03" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.03
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.02" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.02
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.01" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.01
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.00" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.00
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.06" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.06
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.05" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.05
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.04" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.04
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.03" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.03
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.02" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.02
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.01" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.01
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.00" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.00
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.08" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.08
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.07" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.07
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.06" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.06
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.05" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.05
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.04" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.04
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-7.31" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-7.31
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ -f "/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-4.30" ]; then
|
||||
update-alternatives --remove arcconf /usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-4.30
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#DEBHELPER#
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
138
debian/rules
vendored
138
debian/rules
vendored
@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/make -f
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
|
||||
#export DH_VERBOSE=1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
dh_testdir
|
||||
dh_testroot
|
||||
dh_clean
|
||||
|
||||
install:
|
||||
dh_testdir
|
||||
dh_testroot
|
||||
dh_clean -k
|
||||
dh_installdirs
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_ARCH),amd64)
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 debian/arcconf.wrapper64 \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/sbin/arcconf
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/centos5/libstdc++.so.6.0.8
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/centos5/libstdc++.so.6.0.8 \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/libstdcv4.so.6.0.8
|
||||
ln -s libstdcv4.so.6.0.8 debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/libstdcv4.so.6
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/3.03/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.03
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/3.02/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.02
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/3.01/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.01
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/3.00/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-3.00
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/2.06/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/2.06/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.06
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/2.05/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/2.05/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.05
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/2.04/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/2.04/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.04
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/2.03/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/2.03/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.03
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/2.02/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/2.02/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.02
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/2.01/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/2.01/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.01
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/2.00/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/2.00/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.00
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/1.08/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/1.08/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.08
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/1.07/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/1.07/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.07
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/1.06/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/1.06/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.06
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/1.05/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/1.05/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.05
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" amd64/1.04/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/1.04/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.04
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.5/libstdcv3.so.5/g" amd64/7.31/libstdc++.so.5
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/7.31/libstdc++.so.5 \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/libstdcv3.so.5
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.5/libstdcv3.so.5/g" amd64/7.31/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/7.31/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-7.31
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/4.30/libstdc++-libc6.2-2.so.3 \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/libstdc++-libc6.2-2.so.3
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 amd64/4.30/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-4.30
|
||||
endif
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_ARCH),i386)
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 debian/arcconf.wrapper32 \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/sbin/arcconf
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" i386/centos5/libstdc++.so.6.0.8
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/centos5/libstdc++.so.6.0.8 \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/libstdcv4.so.6.0.8
|
||||
ln -s libstdcv4.so.6.0.8 debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/libstdcv4.so.6
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" i386/2.01/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/2.01/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.01
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" i386/2.00/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/2.00/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-2.00
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" i386/1.08/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/1.08/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.08
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" i386/1.07/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/1.07/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.07
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" i386/1.06/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/1.06/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.06
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" i386/1.05/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/1.05/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.05
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.6/libstdcv4.so.6/g" i386/1.04/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/1.04/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-1.04
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.5/libstdcv3.so.5/g" i386/7.31/libstdc++.so.5
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/7.31/libstdc++.so.5 \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/libstdcv3.so.5
|
||||
sed -i "s/libstdc++.so.5/libstdcv3.so.5/g" i386/7.31/arcconf
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/7.31/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-7.31
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/4.30/libstdc++-libc6.2-2.so.3 \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/libstdc++-libc6.2-2.so.3
|
||||
install -D -m 0755 i386/4.30/arcconf \
|
||||
debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf/arcconf-4.30
|
||||
endif
|
||||
dh_install
|
||||
|
||||
binary-indep: build install
|
||||
binary-arch: build install
|
||||
dh_testdir
|
||||
dh_testroot
|
||||
dh_installchangelogs
|
||||
dh_installdocs
|
||||
dh_link
|
||||
dh_compress
|
||||
dh_fixperms
|
||||
dh_makeshlibs
|
||||
dh_strip
|
||||
dh_installdeb
|
||||
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$$(pwd)/debian/arcconf/usr/lib/arcconf:$${LD_LIBRARY_PATH} dh_shlibdeps
|
||||
dh_gencontrol
|
||||
dh_md5sums
|
||||
dh_builddeb
|
||||
|
||||
binary: binary-arch binary-indep
|
||||
.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install
|
||||
29
files.diz
29
files.diz
@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v3_03_23668.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v3_03_23668.zip!b561a9db7b68695a10b489e63348a7ad!3.03
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v3_02_23600.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v3_02_23600.zip!63878768e5c80b787f1e83f28cd07c09!3.02
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v3_01_23531.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v3_01_23531.zip!8d8148719bda151c8fbbdb3426ea6e08!3.01
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v3_00_23488.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v3_00_23488.zip!df63edf89beba7b8e716db04994e5242!3.00
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_06_23167.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_06_23167.zip!f84e041ec412b1ccea4ab5e659a7709e!2.06
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_05_22932.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_05_22932.zip!51a03b5fe08b45f229b2c73127c5c6ae!2.05
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_04_22665.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_04_22665.zip!07153757100a62ece5551d8950297f00!2.04
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_03_22476.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_03_22476.zip!e98c9f2fb11d368adc0378ddd9daad40!2.03
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_02_22404.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_02_22404.zip!373126b8d256aa76022906145a87d398!2.02
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_01_22270.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_01_22270.zip!a51110590c3439245e5179a9e35bad86!2.01
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_01_22270.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_01_22270.zip!a51110590c3439245e5179a9e35bad86!2.01
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_00_21811.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_00_21811.zip!946ed3423254d893120ceb89f7779685!2.00
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v2_00_21811.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v2_00_21811.zip!946ed3423254d893120ceb89f7779685!2.00
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_8_21375.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_8_21375.zip!7a697a7c8b99b66312116d4249ab1922!1.08
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_8_21375.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_8_21375.zip!7a697a7c8b99b66312116d4249ab1922!1.08
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_7_21229.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_7_21229.zip!8d8e1829172bb72f69081b2ac6d2e50b!1.07
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_7_21229.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_7_21229.zip!8d8e1829172bb72f69081b2ac6d2e50b!1.07
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_6_21062.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_6_21062.zip!32aa39da4ecca41c4cb987791f5aa656!1.06
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_6_21062.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_6_21062.zip!32aa39da4ecca41c4cb987791f5aa656!1.06
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_5_20942.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_5_20942.zip!de7e676bdd9c04db8125d04086d9efd6!1.05
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_5_20942.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_5_20942.zip!de7e676bdd9c04db8125d04086d9efd6!1.05
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_4_20859.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_4_20859.zip!6c3d72fe83ff76e68a70fa59d92ae5f7!1.04
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!arcconf_v1_4_20859.zip!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/arcconf_v1_4_20859.zip!6c3d72fe83ff76e68a70fa59d92ae5f7!1.04
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!asm_linux_x64_v7_31_18856.tgz!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/asm_linux_x64_v7_31_18856.tgz!f9f13c1f9223da6138abc2c8bdadd54a!7.31
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!asm_linux_x86_v7_31_18856.tgz!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/storage_manager/asm_linux_x86_v7_31_18856.tgz!2bdfd5e999a86ac5bd8c7b43d858fdfd!7.31
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!libstdc++-4.1.2-55.el5.x86_64.rpm!http://vault.centos.org/5.11/os/x86_64/CentOS/libstdc++-4.1.2-55.el5.x86_64.rpm!ecbeb114ecf3a33848b7d4e1aefe65c2!centos5
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!libstdc++-4.1.2-55.el5.i386.rpm!http://vault.centos.org/5.11/os/i386/CentOS/libstdc++-4.1.2-55.el5.i386.rpm!b615266b1ddae7f9a17601179f83c826!centos5
|
||||
amd64!arcconf!3.03.1!asm_linux_x64_v4.30-16038.rpm!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/aac/sm/asm_linux_x64_v4.30-16038.rpm!b7c7b25e2c7006b087997d8f0b8182cc!4.30
|
||||
i386!arcconf!3.03.1!asm_linux_v4.30-16038.rpm!http://download.adaptec.com/raid/aac/sm/asm_linux_v4.30-16038.rpm!9585c8b60873b5f92be97a4355d306b7!4.30
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
|
||||
International License Agreement for Non-Warranted Programs
|
||||
|
||||
Part 1 - General Terms
|
||||
|
||||
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE PROGRAM.
|
||||
Adaptec WILL LICENSE THE PROGRAM TO YOU ONLY IF YOU FIRST ACCEPT THE
|
||||
TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BY USING THE PROGRAM YOU AGREE TO THESE
|
||||
TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT,
|
||||
PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNUSED PROGRAM TO THE PARTY (EITHER Adaptec OR
|
||||
ITS RESELLER) FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED IT TO RECEIVE A REFUND OF
|
||||
THE AMOUNT YOU PAID.
|
||||
|
||||
The Program is owned by (Adaptec) or a supplier of Adaptec
|
||||
and is copyrighted and licensed, not sold.
|
||||
|
||||
The term "Program" means the original program and all whole or
|
||||
partial copies of it. A Program consists of machine-readable
|
||||
instructions, its components, data, audio-visual content (such
|
||||
as images, text, recordings, or pictures), and related licensed
|
||||
materials.
|
||||
|
||||
This Agreement includes Part 1 - General Terms and Part 2
|
||||
Country unique Terms and is the complete agreement regarding the
|
||||
use of this Program, and replaces any prior oral or written
|
||||
communications between you and Adaptec. The terms of Part 2 may
|
||||
replace or modify those of Part 1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. License
|
||||
|
||||
Use of the Program
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec grants you a nonexclusive license to use the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may 1) use the Program to the extent of authorizations you
|
||||
have acquired and 2) make and install copies to support the
|
||||
level of use authorized, providing you reproduce the copyright
|
||||
notice and any other legends of ownership on each copy, or
|
||||
partial copy, of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If you acquire this Program as a program upgrade, your
|
||||
authorization to use the Program from which you upgraded is
|
||||
terminated.
|
||||
|
||||
You will ensure that anyone who uses the Program does so only in
|
||||
compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not 1) use, copy, modify, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as provided in this Agreement; 2) reverse assemble,
|
||||
reverse compile, or otherwise translate the Program except as
|
||||
specifically permitted by law without the possibility of
|
||||
contractual waiver; or 3) sublicense, rent, or lease the
|
||||
Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer of Rights and Obligations
|
||||
|
||||
You may transfer all your license rights and obligations under a
|
||||
Proof of Entitlement for the Program to another party by
|
||||
transferring the Proof of Entitlement and a copy of this
|
||||
Agreement and all documentation. The transfer of your license
|
||||
rights and obligations terminates your authorization to use the
|
||||
Program under the Proof of Entitlement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Proof of Entitlement
|
||||
|
||||
The Proof of Entitlement for this Program is evidence of your
|
||||
authorization to use this Program and of your eligibility for
|
||||
future upgrade program prices (if announced) and potential
|
||||
special or promotional opportunities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Charges and Taxes
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec defines use for the Program for charging purposes and
|
||||
specifies it in the Proof of Entitlement. Charges are based on
|
||||
extent of use authorized. If you wish to increase the extent of
|
||||
use, notify Adaptec or its reseller and pay any applicable charges.
|
||||
Adaptec does not give refunds or credits for charges already due or
|
||||
paid.
|
||||
|
||||
If any authority imposes a duty, tax, levy or fee, excluding
|
||||
those based on Adaptec's net income, upon the Program supplied by
|
||||
Adaptec under this agreement, then you agree to pay that amount
|
||||
as Adaptec specifies or
|
||||
supply exemption documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. No Warranty
|
||||
|
||||
SUBJECT TO ANY STATUTORY WARRANTIES WHICH CAN NOT BE EXCLUDED,
|
||||
Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
|
||||
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT
|
||||
AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE PROGRAM OR TECHNICAL SUPPORT,
|
||||
IF ANY. Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTY REGARDING THE CAPABILITY OF THE
|
||||
PROGRAM TO CORRECTLY PROCESS, PROVIDE AND/OR RECEIVE DATE DATA
|
||||
WITHIN AND BETWEEN THE 20TH AND 21ST CENTURIES.
|
||||
|
||||
The exclusion also applies to any of Adaptec's subcontractors,
|
||||
suppliers, or program developers (collectively called
|
||||
"Suppliers").
|
||||
|
||||
Manufacturers, suppliers, or publishers of non-Adaptec Programs may
|
||||
provide their own warranties.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Limitation of Liability
|
||||
|
||||
NEITHER Adaptec NOR ITS SUPPLIERS WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT OR
|
||||
INDIRECT
|
||||
|
||||
DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
|
||||
SAVINGS, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR OTHER ECONOMIC
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF Adaptec IS INFORMED OF THEIR
|
||||
POSSIBILITY. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
|
||||
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE
|
||||
EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. General
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this Agreement affects any statutory rights of
|
||||
consumers that cannot be waived or limited by contract.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec may terminate your license if you fail to comply with the
|
||||
terms of this Agreement. If Adaptec does so, you must immediately
|
||||
destroy the Program and all copies you made of it.
|
||||
|
||||
You agree to comply with applicable export laws and regulations.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec will bring a legal action under this
|
||||
Agreement more than two years after the cause of action arose
|
||||
unless otherwise provided by local law without the possibility
|
||||
of contractual waiver or limitation.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec is responsible for failure to fulfill any
|
||||
obligations due to causes beyond its control.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec does not provide program services or technical support,
|
||||
unless Adaptec specifies otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
The laws of the country in which you acquire the Program govern
|
||||
this Agreement, except 1) in Australia, the laws of the State or
|
||||
Territory in which the transaction is performed govern this
|
||||
Agreement; 2) in Albania, Armenia, Belarus, Bosnia/Herzegovina,
|
||||
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan,
|
||||
Kirghizia, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia
|
||||
(FYROM), Moldova, Poland, Romania, Russia, Slovak Republic,
|
||||
Slovenia, Ukraine, and Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, the laws
|
||||
of Austria govern this Agreement; 3) in the United Kingdom, all
|
||||
disputes relating to this Agreement will be governed by English
|
||||
Law and will be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
|
||||
English courts; 4) in Canada, the laws in the Province of
|
||||
Ontario govern this Agreement; and 5) in the United States and
|
||||
Puerto Rico, and People's Republic of China, the laws of the
|
||||
State of New York govern this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Part 2 - Country-unique Terms
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUSTRALIA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Trade Practices Act 1974 or other
|
||||
legislation and are only limited to the extent permitted by the
|
||||
applicable legislation.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Adaptec is in breach of a condition or warranty implied by the
|
||||
Trade Practices Act 1974, Adaptec's liability is limited to the
|
||||
repair or replacement of the goods, or the supply of equivalent
|
||||
goods. Where that condition or warranty relates to right to
|
||||
sell, quiet possession or clear title, or the goods are of a
|
||||
kind ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use
|
||||
or consumption, then none of the limitations in this paragraph
|
||||
apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANY:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraphs are added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The minimum warranty period for Programs is six months.
|
||||
|
||||
In case a Program is delivered without Specifications, we will
|
||||
only warrant that the Program information correctly describes
|
||||
the Program and that the Program can be used according to the
|
||||
Program information. You have to check the usability according
|
||||
to the Program information within the "money-back guaranty"
|
||||
period.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitations and exclusions specified in the Agreement will
|
||||
not apply to damages caused by Adaptec with fraud or gross
|
||||
negligence, and for express warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INDIA:
|
||||
|
||||
General (Section 6):
|
||||
The following replaces the fourth paragraph of this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
If no suit or other legal action is brought, within two years
|
||||
after the cause of action arose, in respect of any claim that
|
||||
either party may have against the other, the rights of the
|
||||
concerned party in respect of such claim will be forfeited and
|
||||
the other party will stand released from its obligations in
|
||||
respect of such claim.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IRELAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Except as expressly provided in these terms and conditions, all
|
||||
statutory conditions, including all warranties implied, but
|
||||
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, all
|
||||
warranties implied by the Sale of Goods Act 1893 or the Sale of
|
||||
Goods and Supply of Services Act 1980 are hereby excluded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ITALY:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
This Section is replaced by the following:
|
||||
|
||||
Unless otherwise provided by mandatory law, Adaptec is not liable
|
||||
for any damages which might arise.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NEW ZEALAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 or
|
||||
other legislation which cannot be excluded or limited. The
|
||||
Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 will not apply in respect of any
|
||||
goods or services which Adaptec provides, if you require the goods
|
||||
and services for the purposes of a business as defined in that
|
||||
Act.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Programs are not acquired for the purposes of a business
|
||||
as defined in the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, the limitations
|
||||
in this Section are subject to the limitations in that Act.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA:
|
||||
|
||||
Charges (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to the Section:
|
||||
|
||||
All banking charges incurred in the People's Republic of China
|
||||
will be borne by you and those incurred outside the People's
|
||||
Republic of China will be borne by Adaptec.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED KINGDOM:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section at the end of
|
||||
the first paragraph:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitation of liability will not apply to any breach of
|
||||
Adaptec's obligations implied by Section 12 of the Sales of Goods
|
||||
Act 1979 or Section 2 of the Supply of Goods and Services Act
|
||||
1982.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED STATES AND CANADA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Country-unique Terms apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
By continuing with the installation of the Program, you are
|
||||
accepting the terms and conditions above.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,693 +0,0 @@
|
||||
README.TXT
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
Adaptec Command Line Interface Utility (ARCCONF)
|
||||
|
||||
as of May 19, 2015
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Please review this file for important information about issues
|
||||
and errata that were discovered after completion of the standard
|
||||
product documentation. In the case of conflict between various
|
||||
parts of the documentation set, this file contains the most
|
||||
current information.
|
||||
|
||||
The following information is available in this file:
|
||||
|
||||
1. New Features in this Release
|
||||
2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
2.1 Utility Software
|
||||
2.2 Documentation
|
||||
3. Installation and Setup
|
||||
3.1 Installation Instructions
|
||||
3.2 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
3.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
3.4 Remote Access
|
||||
3.5 Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
3.6 SLES Setup
|
||||
3.7 Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
3.8 Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
3.9 RAW Device Setup
|
||||
3.10 maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
3.11 Firmware Downgrade on Series 8 Board Revision "B1"
|
||||
3.12 Uninstallation Issues
|
||||
4. Known Limitations
|
||||
4.1 Login Issues on Windows Domain Server
|
||||
4.2 Hot Spare Issues
|
||||
4.3 Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
4.4 Email Notifications
|
||||
4.5 SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
4.6 Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
4.7 RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
4.8 maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
4.9 ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
4.10 Browser Issues
|
||||
4.11 Remote System Issues
|
||||
4.12 Power Management Issues
|
||||
4.13 RAID 50/RAID 60, Max Drives
|
||||
4.14 RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
4.15 RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
4.16 Verify with Fix
|
||||
4.17 Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
4.18 ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
4.19 ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
4.20 Adaptec Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
4.21 Simple Volume Support
|
||||
4.22 Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
4.23 Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
4.24 Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
4.25 Creating a Support Archive on a Guest OS
|
||||
4.26 Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
4.27 PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
4.28 Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
4.29 Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
4.30 Changing Read and Write Cache Settings for a Logical Drive
|
||||
4.31 Online Help Issues
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
1. New Features in this Release
|
||||
|
||||
o Support for new operating systems
|
||||
o Support for HDD/SSD temperature monitoring
|
||||
o Improved SMART error logging for SAS and SATA devices
|
||||
o Basecode logs and Flash Backup Module hard error logs included in support archive
|
||||
o Enhanced maxView SMTP mail client to comply with highly secured SMTP servers (Gmail, Yahoo, etc)
|
||||
o Open Pegasus 2.13 (maxView CIM Server) upgrade
|
||||
o Re-design of maxView schedule dialog with advanced Primefaces calendar component
|
||||
o Multi-level authentication and access privileges in maxView (Administrator/Standard user)
|
||||
o Installer change: install GUI, Agent and CIM Server as separate components (saves 500MB RAM space, typical)
|
||||
o Global Init/Uninit Physical Devices wizard
|
||||
o Global Delete Logical Devices wizard
|
||||
o Misc UI enhancements:
|
||||
- Logical drive property tab shows initialization method
|
||||
- Physical device temperature added to physical drive information
|
||||
- Logical device long running task navigation from tree node to Tab to Task dialog
|
||||
o ARCCONF changes:
|
||||
- New commands: backupunit, driverupdate, setcustommode, setconnectormode
|
||||
- Enhanced commands: identify command supports blink LED start/stop
|
||||
o Bugfixes
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
2.1 Utility Software
|
||||
|
||||
o Adaptec maxView Storage Manager Version 1.08
|
||||
o Adaptec ARCCONF Command Line Interface Utility Version 1.08
|
||||
|
||||
2.2 Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF Format (English/Japanese):
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager User's Guide
|
||||
o Adaptec RAID Controller Command Line Utility User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format:
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager Online Help
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
3. Installation and Setup
|
||||
|
||||
3.1 Installation Instructions
|
||||
|
||||
The Adaptec SAS RAID Controllers Installation and User's Guide
|
||||
contains complete installation information for the controllers
|
||||
and drivers. The Adaptec RAID Controllers Command Line Utility
|
||||
User's Guide contains complete installation information for
|
||||
ARCCONF. The maxView Storage Manager User's Guide contains
|
||||
complete installation information for the maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager software.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
|
||||
Microsoft Windows:
|
||||
|
||||
o Windows Server 2012 R2, 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Server 2008, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Server 2008 R2, 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows SBS 2011, 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows 7, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows 8, Windows 8.1, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
|
||||
Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, 64-bit
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, 5.11, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, 64 bit
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, 10*, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Debian Linux 7.8, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 14.10, 14.04.1, 12.04.3, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Fedora Linux 21, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o CentOS 7.1, 64 bit
|
||||
o CentOS 6.6, 5.11, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
|
||||
*See Section 3.6 for SLES 10 setup issues
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual OS Environments:
|
||||
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 6.0, VMware ESXi 5.5
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.5 (32-bit GOS only)
|
||||
|
||||
Solaris:
|
||||
|
||||
o Solaris 10 U11
|
||||
o Solaris 11.2
|
||||
|
||||
3.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager supports Adaptec Series 8, Adaptec
|
||||
Series 7, and Adaptec Series 6 controllers. It is not backward
|
||||
compatible with older Adaptec controller models.
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager is not supported on FreeBSD. Use
|
||||
ARCCONF to create and manage arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager and legacy Adaptec Storage Manager (ASM)
|
||||
cannot coexist on the same system.
|
||||
|
||||
3.4 Remote Access
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager requires the following range of ports
|
||||
to be open for remote access:
|
||||
|
||||
o 34570-34580 (TCP)
|
||||
o 34570 (UDP)
|
||||
o 34577-34580 (UDP)
|
||||
|
||||
See also Section 4.12 for OS-specific issues and workarounds.
|
||||
|
||||
3.5 Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
|
||||
To log in and use maxView Storage Manager on a Windows 8 system,
|
||||
you must create a local user account; you cannot use your
|
||||
MS Live account. To create a local user account:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Log into your MS Live account.
|
||||
2. Select Settings->Change PC Settings->Users->Switch to Local user.
|
||||
3. Provide account details.
|
||||
4. Start maxView Storage Manager and log in with your local user
|
||||
account credentials.
|
||||
|
||||
3.6 SLES Setup
|
||||
|
||||
o Due to a JRE conflict, maxView Storage Manager is not
|
||||
supported on SLES 10 SP2/SP3 (x32, x64), and SLES 10 SP4 (x32).
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Install SLES 10 SP4 64-bit then replace the 64-bit
|
||||
JRE with a 32-bit JRE. Alternatively, use ARCCONF for storage
|
||||
management on SLES 10 systems.
|
||||
|
||||
o To avoid a problem with launching maxView Storage Manager on
|
||||
SLES 11 x64 systems with DHCP enabled, ensure that the
|
||||
/etc/hosts file maps the server IP address to a valid host
|
||||
name; it is not sufficient to map the IP address to 'localhost'.
|
||||
|
||||
3.7 Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
|
||||
o To avoid a maxView Login failure on Ubuntu systems, you must
|
||||
ensure that the root user account is enabled. (It is disabled,
|
||||
by default, on Ubuntu 14.04 and later because no password is set.)
|
||||
|
||||
For example: sudo bash; sudo passwd root
|
||||
|
||||
o When upgrading maxView Storage Manager on an existing Ubuntu
|
||||
Linux x64 installation, you must enable the upgrade switch
|
||||
before installing the maxView .deb package:
|
||||
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=true
|
||||
dpkg -i StorMan-*.deb
|
||||
|
||||
To uninstall maxView after the upgrade:
|
||||
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=false
|
||||
dpkg -r storman
|
||||
|
||||
3.8 Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
|
||||
When running maxView Storage Manager from the bootable USB
|
||||
image, you may be prompted with one or more with security
|
||||
warnings before maxView launches. In each case, acknowledge
|
||||
the warning and continue.
|
||||
|
||||
3.9 RAW Device Setup
|
||||
|
||||
On Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 controllers, a RAW
|
||||
Pass Through device is analogous to a JBOD, supported by Adaptec
|
||||
Series 6 controllers and older. Any drive without Adaptec RAID
|
||||
metadata is exposed to the OS as a RAW Pass Through device. To
|
||||
remove the Adaptec metadata and convert the drive to a RAW device,
|
||||
use the Uninitialize command in maxView Storage Manager; any
|
||||
existing data on the drive is destroyed. (You can also run
|
||||
uninit from the BIOS or ARCCONF.) For more information about
|
||||
working with RAW devices, see 'controller modes' in the CLI
|
||||
User's Guide, and BIOS 'general settings' in the RAID Controller
|
||||
Installation and User's Guide.
|
||||
|
||||
3.10 maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
|
||||
The maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client is supported
|
||||
on VMware 5.5 only.
|
||||
|
||||
3.11 Firmware Downgrade on Series 8 Board Revision "B1"
|
||||
|
||||
Firmware downgrade from maxView Storage Manager, ARCCONF or the
|
||||
BIOS is not supported on Adaptec Series 8 RAID controllers with
|
||||
Board Revision "B1" (the newest board revision). Older firmware
|
||||
versions do not support Board Revision "B1".
|
||||
|
||||
3.12 Uninstallation Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o When uninstalling maxView Storage Manager on Fedora Linux,
|
||||
the OS displays a series of warning messages about missing
|
||||
files. These messages can be ignored; the uninstallation
|
||||
completes successfully.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: To avoid the warnings, uninstall maxView with
|
||||
'./StorMan-1.06-21032.i386.bin --remove' rather than
|
||||
'rpm -e StorMan'.
|
||||
|
||||
o When using the 'Modify' option to uninstall maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager on Windows, the 'Adaptec' folder is not removed from
|
||||
the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
4. Known Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
4.1 Login Issues on Windows Domain Server
|
||||
|
||||
If the maxView login account doesn't have local administrative
|
||||
rights, login will fail with an error message: 'Invalid Username
|
||||
or Password'. On domain servers running later versions of Microsoft
|
||||
Windows Server, where no local administrator exists or can be
|
||||
created, maxView login is not possible. Use ARCCONF to create
|
||||
and manage arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2 Hot Spare Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o After using a global hot spare to rebuild a redundant logical
|
||||
drive, maxView Storage Manager displays an erroneous event
|
||||
message: "Deleted dedicated hot spare drive for logical device".
|
||||
In fact, the message should read "Logical device X is no longer
|
||||
protected by hot spare drive Y".
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager allows you to un-assign a global hot
|
||||
spare drive while copyback is in progess. This procedure is
|
||||
not recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3 Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
|
||||
In dual-controller systems, the controller order in maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager and the BIOS differs. Example: with an
|
||||
Adaptec 72405 and 7805 installed, the BIOS reports
|
||||
the 72405 as controller 1 and the 7805 as controller 2;
|
||||
in the GUI, the controller order is reversed.
|
||||
|
||||
4.4 Email Notifications
|
||||
|
||||
o On Linux systems, we recommend adding the SMTP host name
|
||||
to the /etc/hosts file. Doing so ensures that email
|
||||
notifications will succeed if you specify the email
|
||||
server in maxView Storage Manager by host name. Otherwise,
|
||||
email notifications (including test messages) may fail if
|
||||
the DNS is unable to resolve the host hame.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: specify the email server in maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager by IP address.
|
||||
|
||||
o On CentOS 5.9 x64, email notifications may not be sent for
|
||||
logical drive creations, degraded logical drives, or logical
|
||||
drives that are rebuilding or fully rebuilt.
|
||||
|
||||
4.5 SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
|
||||
In this release, maxView Storage Manager does not show connector
|
||||
information for SGPIO enclosures.
|
||||
|
||||
4.6 Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager can "see" RAID controllers operating
|
||||
in HBA mode, Auto-Volume mode, and Simple Volume mode (Adaptec
|
||||
Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 controllers only). However, to
|
||||
change the controller mode, you must use ARCCONF or the BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
4.7 RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
|
||||
o The following RAID-level migrations (RLM) are supported in
|
||||
this release:
|
||||
|
||||
RAID 0 to RAID 5
|
||||
RAID 0 to RAID 10
|
||||
RAID 5 to RAID 6
|
||||
RAID 6 to RAID 5
|
||||
RAID 10 to RAID 5
|
||||
RAID 5 to RAID 10
|
||||
RAID 1 to RAID 5
|
||||
SIMPLE VOLUME to RAID 1
|
||||
RAID 1 to SIMPLE VOLUME
|
||||
|
||||
o When migrating a Simple Volume to RAID 1, maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager reports the logical drive state as Impacted (rather
|
||||
than Reconfiguring); this is normal.
|
||||
|
||||
o We do not recommend performing a RAID-level migration or
|
||||
Online Capacity Expansion (OCE) on a logical drive with
|
||||
maxCache SSD caching enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: maxView Storage Manager grays out the options for logical
|
||||
drives with maxCache enabled. ARCCONF terminates the task.
|
||||
|
||||
o Always allow a RAID-level migration to complete before creating
|
||||
a support archive file. Otherwise, the support archive will
|
||||
include incorrect partition information. Once the migration is
|
||||
complete, the partition information will be reported correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
4.8 maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
|
||||
Only one maxCache Device is supported per controller. Moving
|
||||
the maxCache Device (all underlying SSDs) from one
|
||||
controller to another (assuming both controllers support
|
||||
maxCache) is supported only if (1) the new controller does not
|
||||
have a maxCache Device or any other maxCache Device with a
|
||||
conflicting device number and (2) only after a clean shutdown
|
||||
on the old controller.
|
||||
|
||||
4.9 ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF supports >2TB maxCache Devices if you create the
|
||||
device with the 'max' parameter. However, the functional
|
||||
limit for the maxCache Device is 2TB, which is also the
|
||||
limit in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.10 Browser Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o To run maxView Storage Manager on the supported browsers,
|
||||
Javascript must be enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
o Due to a certificate bug in Firefox 31.x, maxView login
|
||||
may fail on RHEL systems with a "Secure Connection" error.
|
||||
(Firefox 31.1 is the default browser on RHEL 6.6; on
|
||||
RHEL 7.1, it is 31.4.)
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Upgrade to Firefox 36.
|
||||
|
||||
o With the default Security setting in Microsoft Internet
|
||||
Explorer 10 and 11, you may be unable to login to maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager or experience certain GUI display issues
|
||||
in the maxView online Help system.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Change the default Security setting from High
|
||||
(or Medium-High) to Medium. Alternative: add the GUI IP
|
||||
address to the trusted sites list.
|
||||
|
||||
o With Google Chrome, the scrollbar resets itself to the top
|
||||
after selecting a drive in the Logical Drive wizard. To
|
||||
select another drive, you must scroll back down to the
|
||||
drive location.
|
||||
|
||||
o With Microsoft Internet Explorer 10, the controller
|
||||
firmware update wizard does not show the f/w update
|
||||
file name when the upload completes. To refresh the
|
||||
display, click Next then Back.
|
||||
|
||||
o We do not recommend using multiple browsers simultaneously
|
||||
on the same maxView instance. Doing so may cause display
|
||||
issues or freezes; to restore maxView, refresh the
|
||||
display by pressing F5.
|
||||
|
||||
4.11 Remote System Access on Linux and Windows
|
||||
|
||||
To avoid remote system access failures from Linux and Windows
|
||||
clients running maxView Storage Manager, check and update one
|
||||
or all of the following system and network settings:
|
||||
|
||||
Windows:
|
||||
|
||||
o Ensure that the DNS server information is properly configured
|
||||
|
||||
RHEL/Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
o Set server.properties file permissions to at least read-only at all levels
|
||||
|
||||
1. Stop all maxView services.
|
||||
2. Set the Permissions of server.properties file to read and write or read-only
|
||||
at all levels (Owner, Group and Others). Apply and close.
|
||||
3. Restart all services in the given order - cim, agent, tomcat
|
||||
4. Now try to remote login to this system from any other system
|
||||
|
||||
o Check/update these network settings:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Disable SELinux
|
||||
2. Disable firewall.
|
||||
3. Disable the ipv6 in the system, if ipconfig shows both ipv4 and ipv6 address.
|
||||
4. Remove the virtual bridge virbr0, if present
|
||||
5. Enter local ip address in 'localip' parameter in server.properties file
|
||||
|
||||
4.12 Power Management Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o Power management is not supported on FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
o Capturing support logs from maxView or ARCCONF will spin up
|
||||
drives when power management is active. This behavior is by design.
|
||||
|
||||
o For logical drives comprised of SSDs only, the Power Tab in
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager is disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
o The Logical Drive Creation wizard does not save the power
|
||||
management settings after the logical drive is created.
|
||||
It is always disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Enable power management for the logical drive
|
||||
from the Set Properties window.
|
||||
|
||||
4.13 RAID 50/RAID 60, Max Drives
|
||||
|
||||
The maximum number of drives in a RAID 50 or RAID 60 differ
|
||||
between maxView Storage Manager, ARCCONF, and the BIOS:
|
||||
|
||||
o BIOS and ARCCONF: 128 drives max
|
||||
|
||||
RAID 50 - From 2-16 legs with 3-32 drives/leg
|
||||
RAID 60 - From 2-16 legs with 4-16 drives/leg
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager:
|
||||
|
||||
Assumes 2 legs for RAID 50/RAID 60 (non-selectable)
|
||||
RAID 50 2-32 drives/leg (64 total)
|
||||
RAID 60 2-16 drives/leg (32 total)
|
||||
|
||||
4.14 RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager and the Ctrl-A BIOS report the wrong
|
||||
segment order for RAID 10s, regardless of the order in which
|
||||
the drives are selected.
|
||||
|
||||
Example 1: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs in maxView Storage Manager:
|
||||
|
||||
(1a) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
|
||||
(1b) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(1c) the correct and expected RAID segment order is:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
Example 2: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs with ARCCONF:
|
||||
|
||||
(2a) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(2b) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the correct RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
4.15 RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
|
||||
With a degraded RAID 10 logical drive, the drive is rebuilt
|
||||
one leg at a time, not in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
4.16 Verify with Fix
|
||||
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF, the Verify with Fix
|
||||
operation is NOT available when:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The logical drive has a non-redundant RAID level
|
||||
2. Other tasks are in progress on the logical drive
|
||||
3. The logical drive is in a non-optimal or impacted state
|
||||
|
||||
4.17 Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager, Locate Logical Drive continues to
|
||||
blink the LED for a pulled physical drive in the array after
|
||||
the locate action is stopped. (For unpulled drives, the blinking
|
||||
stops.) This issue is not seen with ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
4.18 ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
|
||||
In ARCCONF, the ATA Secure Erase operation cannot be aborted.
|
||||
Once started, it continues to completion.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: ATA Secure Erase is also available in the Ctrl-A BIOS.
|
||||
and maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.19 ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF is backward compatible with older Adaptec controller
|
||||
models. As a result, the ARCCONF user's guide and online help
|
||||
show command options that are not supported by newer Adaptec
|
||||
controllers, like the Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
o With ARCCONF SETMAXCACHE, Adaptec Series 7 and Series 8
|
||||
controllers do not support ADDTOPOOL or REMOVEFROMPOOL
|
||||
|
||||
4.20 Adaptec Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
|
||||
The following issues are seen only with Adaptec Series 6 RAID
|
||||
controllers:
|
||||
|
||||
o In maxView Storage Manager, the Preserve Cache option on the
|
||||
Set Properties window is not supported on Series 6 RAID
|
||||
controllers. Attempting to set this option for the Series 6
|
||||
controller fails.
|
||||
|
||||
o Renaming a RAID volume disables the write-cache (if enabled).
|
||||
You cannot re-enable the write-cache in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use ARCCONF to enable the write-cache.
|
||||
|
||||
o In a VMware Guest OS under VMware 5.x, maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
and ARCCONF do not detect existing logical drive partitions.
|
||||
As a result, attempting to delete, clear, or erase the logical
|
||||
drive may fail.
|
||||
|
||||
o On Series 6 controllers, maxView Storage Manager deletes
|
||||
partitioned JBODs without issuing a warning message.
|
||||
|
||||
o Series 6 controllers do not support the ARCCONF GETPERFORM command.
|
||||
|
||||
4.21 Simple Volume Support
|
||||
|
||||
o In this release, you can create a maximum of 128 Simple
|
||||
Volumes in maxView Storage Manager, ARCCONF, or the BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
o When a Simple Volume fails, the status remains unchanged
|
||||
after drive replacement.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Manually delete the Simple Volume to remove it.
|
||||
|
||||
4.22 Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
|
||||
o Changing a controller into Auto-Volume mode (ARCCONF/BIOS) is not
|
||||
supported if the configuration includes any logical device type
|
||||
other than Simple Volume, including a maxCache Device. The mode
|
||||
switch from RAID mode to Auto-Volume mode is blocked if any other
|
||||
type of logical volume exists (including maxCache). After
|
||||
switching to Auto-Volume mode, you can create and delete Simple
|
||||
Volumes only in maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
o In Auto-Volume mode, only the first 128 RAW drives are converted
|
||||
to Simple Volumes; the rest of the RAW drives remain unchanged.
|
||||
If you uninitialize a Ready drive while the controller is in
|
||||
Auto-Volume mode, the firmware converts the drive automatically
|
||||
until the Simple Volume count reaches the maximum.
|
||||
|
||||
4.23 Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
XenServer does not support "hot-removal" of disk drives from a
|
||||
partitioned logical drive. As a result, if you hot remove a disk
|
||||
from a logical drive, the Guest OS becomes inaccessible because
|
||||
the drive partition remains visible to the OS instead of being
|
||||
cleared.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Reboot the XenServer host, detach the failed
|
||||
partition, then restart the VM.
|
||||
|
||||
4.24 Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
Updating the firmware for a SAS hard disk drive with ARCCONF/maxView
|
||||
can crash (PSOD) the VMware Guest OS. This issue is seen with SAS
|
||||
hard drives only; with SATA drives, the firmware update completes
|
||||
successfully.
|
||||
|
||||
4.25 Creating a Support Archive on a Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
To create a support archive on a VMware or Xenserver Guest OS,
|
||||
use maxView Storage Manager only. Creating a support archive
|
||||
with ARCCONF is not supported in this release.
|
||||
|
||||
4.26 Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
|
||||
Enclosure status, in maxView Storage Manager, is event-driven.
|
||||
As a result, enclosures can have a "Degraded" status even if
|
||||
related resources (fan, temperature, power) are performing
|
||||
normally (Optimal status). For instance, the Enclosure status
|
||||
changes to "Degraded" if the system reports an "Enclosure device
|
||||
not responding ..." event, even if other sensor values are normal.
|
||||
|
||||
4.27 PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
|
||||
In the Controller Properties window, maxView Storage Manager shows
|
||||
the Connector Info as "unknown" for all PHYs on an enclosure-based
|
||||
backplane (for instance, a backplane attached to connector 1).
|
||||
|
||||
4.28 Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
|
||||
Special characters are permitted in logical device names
|
||||
in maxView Storage Manager, the BIOS, and ARCCONF. However,
|
||||
with Linux ARCCONF (create, setname), special characters
|
||||
must be "escaped" to ensure proper interpretation. For
|
||||
example:
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF SETNAME 1 LOGICALDRIVE 1 arc_ldrive%\$12\&
|
||||
|
||||
4.29 Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
|
||||
SuperMicro SAS2X28 enclosures do not propagate the speaker
|
||||
status to maxView Storage Manager. As a result, maxView
|
||||
always displays the speaker status as Off.
|
||||
|
||||
4.30 Changing Read and Write Cache Settings for a Logical Drive
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager does not allow you to change the
|
||||
read-cache and write-cache settings for a logical drive in
|
||||
one step. You must click OK after each change.
|
||||
|
||||
4.31 Online Help Issues
|
||||
|
||||
When opening the maxView Storage Manager help from a remote
|
||||
Linux system (eg, over a VPN), the help window may fail to
|
||||
open with a 'can't establish connection to server' message.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: replace 127.0.0.1:8443 in the URL with <system_ip_address>:8443
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(c) 2015 PMC-Sierra, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
This software is protected under international copyright laws and
|
||||
treaties. It may only be used in accordance with the terms
|
||||
of its accompanying license agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
The information in this document is proprietary and confidential to
|
||||
PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. In any event,
|
||||
no part of this document may be reproduced or redistributed in any
|
||||
form without the express written consent of PMC-Sierra, Inc.,
|
||||
1380 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089.
|
||||
|
||||
P/N DOC-01768-05-A Rev A
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
|
||||
International License Agreement for Non-Warranted Programs
|
||||
|
||||
Part 1 - General Terms
|
||||
|
||||
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE PROGRAM.
|
||||
Adaptec WILL LICENSE THE PROGRAM TO YOU ONLY IF YOU FIRST ACCEPT THE
|
||||
TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BY USING THE PROGRAM YOU AGREE TO THESE
|
||||
TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT,
|
||||
PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNUSED PROGRAM TO THE PARTY (EITHER Adaptec OR
|
||||
ITS RESELLER) FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED IT TO RECEIVE A REFUND OF
|
||||
THE AMOUNT YOU PAID.
|
||||
|
||||
The Program is owned by (Adaptec) or a supplier of Adaptec
|
||||
and is copyrighted and licensed, not sold.
|
||||
|
||||
The term "Program" means the original program and all whole or
|
||||
partial copies of it. A Program consists of machine-readable
|
||||
instructions, its components, data, audio-visual content (such
|
||||
as images, text, recordings, or pictures), and related licensed
|
||||
materials.
|
||||
|
||||
This Agreement includes Part 1 - General Terms and Part 2
|
||||
Country unique Terms and is the complete agreement regarding the
|
||||
use of this Program, and replaces any prior oral or written
|
||||
communications between you and Adaptec. The terms of Part 2 may
|
||||
replace or modify those of Part 1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. License
|
||||
|
||||
Use of the Program
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec grants you a nonexclusive license to use the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may 1) use the Program to the extent of authorizations you
|
||||
have acquired and 2) make and install copies to support the
|
||||
level of use authorized, providing you reproduce the copyright
|
||||
notice and any other legends of ownership on each copy, or
|
||||
partial copy, of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If you acquire this Program as a program upgrade, your
|
||||
authorization to use the Program from which you upgraded is
|
||||
terminated.
|
||||
|
||||
You will ensure that anyone who uses the Program does so only in
|
||||
compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not 1) use, copy, modify, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as provided in this Agreement; 2) reverse assemble,
|
||||
reverse compile, or otherwise translate the Program except as
|
||||
specifically permitted by law without the possibility of
|
||||
contractual waiver; or 3) sublicense, rent, or lease the
|
||||
Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer of Rights and Obligations
|
||||
|
||||
You may transfer all your license rights and obligations under a
|
||||
Proof of Entitlement for the Program to another party by
|
||||
transferring the Proof of Entitlement and a copy of this
|
||||
Agreement and all documentation. The transfer of your license
|
||||
rights and obligations terminates your authorization to use the
|
||||
Program under the Proof of Entitlement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Proof of Entitlement
|
||||
|
||||
The Proof of Entitlement for this Program is evidence of your
|
||||
authorization to use this Program and of your eligibility for
|
||||
future upgrade program prices (if announced) and potential
|
||||
special or promotional opportunities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Charges and Taxes
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec defines use for the Program for charging purposes and
|
||||
specifies it in the Proof of Entitlement. Charges are based on
|
||||
extent of use authorized. If you wish to increase the extent of
|
||||
use, notify Adaptec or its reseller and pay any applicable charges.
|
||||
Adaptec does not give refunds or credits for charges already due or
|
||||
paid.
|
||||
|
||||
If any authority imposes a duty, tax, levy or fee, excluding
|
||||
those based on Adaptec's net income, upon the Program supplied by
|
||||
Adaptec under this agreement, then you agree to pay that amount
|
||||
as Adaptec specifies or
|
||||
supply exemption documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. No Warranty
|
||||
|
||||
SUBJECT TO ANY STATUTORY WARRANTIES WHICH CAN NOT BE EXCLUDED,
|
||||
Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
|
||||
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT
|
||||
AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE PROGRAM OR TECHNICAL SUPPORT,
|
||||
IF ANY. Adaptec MAKES NO WARRANTY REGARDING THE CAPABILITY OF THE
|
||||
PROGRAM TO CORRECTLY PROCESS, PROVIDE AND/OR RECEIVE DATE DATA
|
||||
WITHIN AND BETWEEN THE 20TH AND 21ST CENTURIES.
|
||||
|
||||
The exclusion also applies to any of Adaptec's subcontractors,
|
||||
suppliers, or program developers (collectively called
|
||||
"Suppliers").
|
||||
|
||||
Manufacturers, suppliers, or publishers of non-Adaptec Programs may
|
||||
provide their own warranties.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Limitation of Liability
|
||||
|
||||
NEITHER Adaptec NOR ITS SUPPLIERS WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT OR
|
||||
INDIRECT
|
||||
|
||||
DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
|
||||
SAVINGS, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR OTHER ECONOMIC
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF Adaptec IS INFORMED OF THEIR
|
||||
POSSIBILITY. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
|
||||
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE
|
||||
EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. General
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this Agreement affects any statutory rights of
|
||||
consumers that cannot be waived or limited by contract.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec may terminate your license if you fail to comply with the
|
||||
terms of this Agreement. If Adaptec does so, you must immediately
|
||||
destroy the Program and all copies you made of it.
|
||||
|
||||
You agree to comply with applicable export laws and regulations.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec will bring a legal action under this
|
||||
Agreement more than two years after the cause of action arose
|
||||
unless otherwise provided by local law without the possibility
|
||||
of contractual waiver or limitation.
|
||||
|
||||
Neither you nor Adaptec is responsible for failure to fulfill any
|
||||
obligations due to causes beyond its control.
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec does not provide program services or technical support,
|
||||
unless Adaptec specifies otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
The laws of the country in which you acquire the Program govern
|
||||
this Agreement, except 1) in Australia, the laws of the State or
|
||||
Territory in which the transaction is performed govern this
|
||||
Agreement; 2) in Albania, Armenia, Belarus, Bosnia/Herzegovina,
|
||||
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Georgia, Hungary, Kazakhstan,
|
||||
Kirghizia, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia
|
||||
(FYROM), Moldova, Poland, Romania, Russia, Slovak Republic,
|
||||
Slovenia, Ukraine, and Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, the laws
|
||||
of Austria govern this Agreement; 3) in the United Kingdom, all
|
||||
disputes relating to this Agreement will be governed by English
|
||||
Law and will be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
|
||||
English courts; 4) in Canada, the laws in the Province of
|
||||
Ontario govern this Agreement; and 5) in the United States and
|
||||
Puerto Rico, and People's Republic of China, the laws of the
|
||||
State of New York govern this Agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Part 2 - Country-unique Terms
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUSTRALIA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Trade Practices Act 1974 or other
|
||||
legislation and are only limited to the extent permitted by the
|
||||
applicable legislation.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Adaptec is in breach of a condition or warranty implied by the
|
||||
Trade Practices Act 1974, Adaptec's liability is limited to the
|
||||
repair or replacement of the goods, or the supply of equivalent
|
||||
goods. Where that condition or warranty relates to right to
|
||||
sell, quiet possession or clear title, or the goods are of a
|
||||
kind ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use
|
||||
or consumption, then none of the limitations in this paragraph
|
||||
apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANY:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraphs are added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The minimum warranty period for Programs is six months.
|
||||
|
||||
In case a Program is delivered without Specifications, we will
|
||||
only warrant that the Program information correctly describes
|
||||
the Program and that the Program can be used according to the
|
||||
Program information. You have to check the usability according
|
||||
to the Program information within the "money-back guaranty"
|
||||
period.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitations and exclusions specified in the Agreement will
|
||||
not apply to damages caused by Adaptec with fraud or gross
|
||||
negligence, and for express warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INDIA:
|
||||
|
||||
General (Section 6):
|
||||
The following replaces the fourth paragraph of this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
If no suit or other legal action is brought, within two years
|
||||
after the cause of action arose, in respect of any claim that
|
||||
either party may have against the other, the rights of the
|
||||
concerned party in respect of such claim will be forfeited and
|
||||
the other party will stand released from its obligations in
|
||||
respect of such claim.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IRELAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Except as expressly provided in these terms and conditions, all
|
||||
statutory conditions, including all warranties implied, but
|
||||
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, all
|
||||
warranties implied by the Sale of Goods Act 1893 or the Sale of
|
||||
Goods and Supply of Services Act 1980 are hereby excluded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ITALY:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
This Section is replaced by the following:
|
||||
|
||||
Unless otherwise provided by mandatory law, Adaptec is not liable
|
||||
for any damages which might arise.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NEW ZEALAND:
|
||||
|
||||
No Warranty (Section 4):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Although Adaptec specifies that there are no warranties, you may
|
||||
have certain rights under the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 or
|
||||
other legislation which cannot be excluded or limited. The
|
||||
Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 will not apply in respect of any
|
||||
goods or services which Adaptec provides, if you require the goods
|
||||
and services for the purposes of a business as defined in that
|
||||
Act.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section:
|
||||
|
||||
Where Programs are not acquired for the purposes of a business
|
||||
as defined in the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, the limitations
|
||||
in this Section are subject to the limitations in that Act.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA:
|
||||
|
||||
Charges (Section 3):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to the Section:
|
||||
|
||||
All banking charges incurred in the People's Republic of China
|
||||
will be borne by you and those incurred outside the People's
|
||||
Republic of China will be borne by Adaptec.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED KINGDOM:
|
||||
|
||||
Limitation of Liability (Section 5):
|
||||
The following paragraph is added to this Section at the end of
|
||||
the first paragraph:
|
||||
|
||||
The limitation of liability will not apply to any breach of
|
||||
Adaptec's obligations implied by Section 12 of the Sales of Goods
|
||||
Act 1979 or Section 2 of the Supply of Goods and Services Act
|
||||
1982.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNITED STATES AND CANADA:
|
||||
|
||||
No Country-unique Terms apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
By continuing with the installation of the Program, you are
|
||||
accepting the terms and conditions above.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,819 +0,0 @@
|
||||
README.TXT: Adaptec maxView Storage Manager &
|
||||
ARCCONF Command Line Interface Utility
|
||||
as of March 22, 2016
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Please check the product website for the later versions of this
|
||||
file to ensure you are reviewing the latest information. This
|
||||
file contains important information about issues and errata
|
||||
that were discovered after completion of the standard
|
||||
product documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
In the case of conflict between various parts of the documentation
|
||||
set, this file contains the most current information.
|
||||
|
||||
Table of Contents
|
||||
1. New Features of this Release
|
||||
2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
2.1. Utility Software
|
||||
2.2. Documentation
|
||||
4.2.2.1. Series 6, 7, 8 Controller Documentation
|
||||
4.2.2.2. HBA 1000 Series Product Documentation
|
||||
4.2.2.3. SmartIOC Product Documentation
|
||||
3. Installation Notes
|
||||
3.1. Installation and Setup
|
||||
3.2. Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
3.2.1. Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
3.2.2. Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
3.3. General Setup Notes
|
||||
3.4. Remote Access
|
||||
3.5. Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
3.6. SLES Setup
|
||||
3.7. Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
3.8. Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
3.9. RAW Device Setup (Series 6, 7, 8 Only)
|
||||
3.10. maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
4. Known Limitations
|
||||
4.1. Global Limitations
|
||||
4.1.1. Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
4.1.2. Email Notifications
|
||||
4.1.3. SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
4.1.4. Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
4.1.5. Browser Issues
|
||||
4.1.6. Remote System Access on Linux and Windows
|
||||
4.1.7. RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
4.1.8. RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
4.1.9. Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
4.1.10. ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
4.1.11. Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
4.1.12. Hot Swap Issues on VMware CentOS Guest OS
|
||||
4.1.13. Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
4.1.14. PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
4.1.15. Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
4.1.16. Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
4.1.17. Online Help Issues
|
||||
4.1.18. Broadcasting Alerts About Status and Activity
|
||||
4.2. Limitations Specific to Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
4.2.1. RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
4.2.2. maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
4.2.3. ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
4.2.4. Power Management Issues
|
||||
4.2.5. Verify with Fix
|
||||
4.2.6. ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
4.2.7. Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
4.2.8. Simple Volume Support
|
||||
4.2.9. Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
4.2.10. Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
4.2.11. Changing Read and Write Cache Settings for Logical Drive
|
||||
4.3. Limitations Specific to Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
4.3.1. SES Passthrough Commands to Expanders
|
||||
4.3.2. Firmware Upgrade Issues
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. New Features of this Release
|
||||
|
||||
o Added new features:
|
||||
- New command to identify a device by blinking its LEDs.
|
||||
- Segment and Group Information of a RAID 10 Logical
|
||||
Device can now be displayed.
|
||||
- A new UNINIT/TASK command to clear drive configuration
|
||||
for physical devices containing RAID Information Sector
|
||||
(RIS) that have been masked in order to protect the
|
||||
configuration data.
|
||||
- Ability to show SGPIO virtual SEP information to show
|
||||
enclosure devices for SGPIO backplanes.
|
||||
- For cases where a logical drive fails, the array status
|
||||
is now reported.
|
||||
- Ability to display physical drive mount point information.
|
||||
- Ability to display logical drive mount point information.
|
||||
- Verify Write support is provided.
|
||||
- Linux Hyper-V is supported for the maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
o For Smart family products, added support for Citrix XenServer.
|
||||
o Bugfixes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
2.1. Utility Software
|
||||
|
||||
o Microsemi Adaptec maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
Version 2.01.00 (22268)
|
||||
o Microsemi Adaptec ARCCONF Command Line Interface
|
||||
Utility Version 2.01.00 (22268)
|
||||
|
||||
2.2. Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.1. Series 6, 7, 8 Controller Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF Format (English/Japanese)
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager User's Guide
|
||||
o Adaptec RAID Controller Command Line Utility
|
||||
User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager Online Help
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.2. HBA 1000 Series Product Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF:
|
||||
o Adaptec maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for
|
||||
Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
o Adaptec HBA 1000 Series Command Line Utility
|
||||
User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format:
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager for Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
Online Help
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.3. SmartIOC Product Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
PDF:
|
||||
o Adaptec maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for
|
||||
Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
o Adaptec SmartIOC 2000 Command Line Utility User's
|
||||
Guide
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and Text Format:
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager for Smart-Family Controllers
|
||||
Online Help
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Installation Notes
|
||||
|
||||
3.1. Installation and Setup
|
||||
|
||||
Refer to your product documentation for the correct
|
||||
installation and setup details:
|
||||
o Your product Installation and User's Guide contains
|
||||
complete installation information for your product's
|
||||
drivers.
|
||||
o The maxView Storage Manager User's Guide for your
|
||||
product contains installation information for the
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager software.
|
||||
o The Command Line Utility User's Guide for your product
|
||||
contains complete installation for ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2. Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
|
||||
3.2.1. Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
Microsoft Windows
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2012 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows SBS 2011 (Standard and Essential)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft WinPE 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Linux
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 7.2, 7.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 6.7, 6.6 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.11, 5.10 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP4 and SP3 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Debian Linux 8.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 14.04.3, 14.04 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 12.04.5 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Fedora Linux 22 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
FreeBSD
|
||||
o FreeBSD 10.2 (64-bit)
|
||||
o FreeBSD 9.3 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual OS Environments
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 6.0 (64-bit)
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 5.5 U2 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.5.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.2 (32-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Solaris
|
||||
o Solaris 11 (32-bit)
|
||||
o Solaris 10 U9 (32-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
1. The ARCCONF Command Line Utility is supported on
|
||||
only 64-bit versions of Microsoft Windows and Linux.
|
||||
2. Boot USB (offline or pre-boot) for the ARCCONF Command
|
||||
Line Utility and maxView Storage Manager is supported
|
||||
in Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2.2. Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
Microsoft Windows
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2012 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows SBS 2011 (Standard and Essential)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
o Microsoft Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Linux
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 7.2, 7.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 6.7, 6.6 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 5.11, 5.10 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (64-bit)
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP4 and SP3 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 14.04.3, 14.04 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 12.04.5 (64-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual OS Environments
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 6.0, ESXi U1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 5.5 U2, ESXi 5.5 U3 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.5.1 (64-bit)
|
||||
o Citrix XenServer 6.2 (32-bit)
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
1. The ARCCONF Command Line Utility is supported on
|
||||
only 64-bit versions of Microsoft Windows and Linux.
|
||||
2. Boot USB (offline or pre-boot) for the ARCCONF Command
|
||||
Line Utility and maxView Storage Manager is supported
|
||||
in Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
3.3. General Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager is not backwards-compatible with
|
||||
Series 5 and older Adaptec controller models.
|
||||
o maxView Storage Manager and legacy Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
(ASM) cannot coexist on the same system.
|
||||
o For Series 6, 7, 8 controllers:
|
||||
- maxView Storage Manager is not supported on FreeBSD.
|
||||
Use ARCCONF to create and manage arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
3.4. Remote Access
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager requires the following range of
|
||||
ports to be open for remote access:
|
||||
o 34570-34580 (TCP)
|
||||
o 34570 (UDP)
|
||||
o 34577-34580 (UDP)
|
||||
See also 4.1.6 for OS-specific issues and workarounds.
|
||||
|
||||
3.5. Windows 8 Setup
|
||||
|
||||
To log in and use maxView Storage Manager on a Windows 8
|
||||
system, you must create a local user account; you cannot
|
||||
use your MS Live account.
|
||||
To create a local user account:
|
||||
1. Log into your MS Live account.
|
||||
2. Select Settings->Change PC Settings->Users->Switch to
|
||||
Local user.
|
||||
3. Provide account details.
|
||||
4. Start maxView Storage Manager and log in with your
|
||||
local user account credentials.
|
||||
|
||||
3.6. SLES Setup
|
||||
|
||||
o To avoid a problem with launching maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager on SLES 11 x64 systems with DHCP enabled,
|
||||
ensure that the /etc/hosts file maps the server
|
||||
IP address to a valid host name; it is not sufficient
|
||||
to map the IP address to 'localhost'.
|
||||
|
||||
3.7. Ubuntu Setup
|
||||
|
||||
o To avoid a maxView Login failure on Ubuntu systems,
|
||||
you must ensure that the root user account is enabled.
|
||||
(It is disabled, by default, on Ubuntu 14.04
|
||||
and later because no password is set.)
|
||||
For example: sudo bash; sudo passwd root
|
||||
o When upgrading maxView Storage Manager on an existing
|
||||
Ubuntu Linux x64 installation, you must enable the
|
||||
upgrade switch before installing the maxView .deb
|
||||
package:
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=true
|
||||
dpkg -i StorMan-*.deb
|
||||
To uninstall maxView after the upgrade:
|
||||
export maxView_Upgrade=false
|
||||
dpkg -r storman
|
||||
|
||||
3.8. Bootable USB Image Security Warnings
|
||||
|
||||
When running maxView Storage Manager from the bootable
|
||||
USB image, you may be prompted with one or more with
|
||||
security warnings before maxView launches. In
|
||||
each case, acknowledge the warning and continue.
|
||||
|
||||
3.9. RAW Device Setup (Series 6, 7, 8 Only)
|
||||
|
||||
On Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 controllers,
|
||||
a RAW Pass Through device is analogous to a JBOD, supported
|
||||
by Adaptec Series 6 controllers and older. Any drive without
|
||||
Adaptec RAID metadata is exposed to the OS as a RAW Pass
|
||||
Through device. To remove the Adaptec metadata and convert
|
||||
the drive to a RAW device, use the Uninitialize command in
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager; any existing data on the drive is
|
||||
destroyed. (You can also run uninit from the BIOS or
|
||||
ARCCONF.) For more information about working with RAW devices,
|
||||
see 'controller modes' in the CLI User's Guide, and BIOS
|
||||
'general settings' in the RAID Controller Installation and
|
||||
User's Guide.
|
||||
|
||||
3.10. maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client
|
||||
|
||||
The maxView Plugin for VMware vSphere Web Client is
|
||||
supported on VMware 5.5 and 6.0.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Known Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
4.1. Global Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.1. Dual-Controller Systems
|
||||
|
||||
In dual-controller systems, the controller order in
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager and the BIOS differs. Example:
|
||||
with an Adaptec 72405 and 7805 installed, the BIOS reports
|
||||
the 72405 as controller 1 and the 7805 as controller 2;
|
||||
in the GUI, the controller order is reversed.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.2. Email Notifications
|
||||
|
||||
o On Linux systems, we recommend adding the SMTP host
|
||||
name and the system IP address, to the /etc/hosts file.
|
||||
Doing so ensures that email notifications will succeed
|
||||
if you specify the email server in maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager by host name. Otherwise, email notifications
|
||||
(including test messages) may fail if the DNS is unable
|
||||
to resolve the host name.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Specify the email server in maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager by IP address.
|
||||
|
||||
o On CentOS 5.9 x64, email notifications may not be sent
|
||||
for logical drive creations, degraded logical drives,
|
||||
or logical drives that are rebuilding or fully rebuilt.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.3. SGPIO Enclosures
|
||||
|
||||
In this release, maxView Storage Manager does not show
|
||||
connector information for SGPIO enclosures.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.4. Non-RAID Mode Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager can "see" RAID controllers
|
||||
operating in HBA mode, Auto-Volume mode, and Simple Volume
|
||||
mode (Adaptec Series 7, Adaptec Series 8, Smart Family
|
||||
controllers only). However, to change the controller mode
|
||||
on Adaptec Series 7/8 controllers, you must use ARCCONF
|
||||
or the BIOS. With Adaptec Smart-Family controllers, you
|
||||
can also change the controller mode with maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.5. Browser Issues
|
||||
|
||||
To run maxView Storage Manager on the supported browsers.
|
||||
Javascript must be enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
o Due to a certificate bug in Firefox 31.x, maxView
|
||||
login may fail on RHEL systems with a "Secure
|
||||
Connection" error. (Firefox 31.1 is the default
|
||||
browser on RHEL 6.6; on RHEL 7.1, it is 31.4.)
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Upgrade to Firefox 36.
|
||||
|
||||
o With the default Security setting in Microsoft
|
||||
Internet Explorer 10 and 11, you may be unable to
|
||||
login to maxView Storage Manager or experience
|
||||
certain GUI display issues in the maxView online
|
||||
Help system.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Change the default Security setting
|
||||
from High (or Medium-High) to Medium.
|
||||
Alternative: add the GUI IP address to the trusted
|
||||
sites list.
|
||||
|
||||
o With Google Chrome, the scrollbar resets itself to
|
||||
the top after selecting a drive in the Logical Drive
|
||||
wizard. To select another drive, you must
|
||||
scroll back down to the drive location.
|
||||
|
||||
o With Microsoft Internet Explorer 10, the controller
|
||||
firmware update wizard does not show the f/w update
|
||||
file name when the upload completes. To refresh
|
||||
the display, click Next then Back.
|
||||
|
||||
o We do not recommend using multiple browsers
|
||||
simultaneously on the same maxView
|
||||
instance. Doing so may cause display issues or freezes;
|
||||
to restore maxView, refresh the display by pressing F5.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.6. Remote System Access on Linux and Windows
|
||||
|
||||
To avoid remote system access failures from Linux
|
||||
and Windows clients running maxView Storage Manager,
|
||||
check and update one or all of the following system
|
||||
and network settings:
|
||||
|
||||
Windows:
|
||||
o Ensure that the DNS server information is properly
|
||||
configured
|
||||
|
||||
RHEL/Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
o Set server.properties file permissions to at least
|
||||
read-only at all levels
|
||||
1. Stop all maxView services.
|
||||
2. Set the Permissions of server.properties file to
|
||||
read and write or read-only at all levels
|
||||
(Owner, Group and Others).
|
||||
3. Apply and close.
|
||||
4. Restart all services in the given order - cim,
|
||||
agent, tomcat
|
||||
5. Now try to remote login to this system from any
|
||||
other system
|
||||
|
||||
o Check/update these network settings:
|
||||
1. Disable SELinux
|
||||
2. Disable firewall.
|
||||
3. Disable the ipv6 in the system, if ipconfig shows
|
||||
both ipv4 and ipv6 address.
|
||||
4. Remove the virtual bridge virbr0, if present
|
||||
5. Enter local ip address in 'localip' parameter in
|
||||
server.properties file
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.7. RAID 10 Segment Order
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager and the Ctrl-A BIOS report the
|
||||
wrong segment order for RAID 10s, regardless of the order
|
||||
in which the drives are selected.
|
||||
Example 1: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs in maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager:
|
||||
|
||||
(1a) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the
|
||||
following RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
|
||||
(1b) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment
|
||||
order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(1c) the correct and expected RAID segment order is:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
Example 2: Create RAID 10 with 2 SDDs and 2 HDDs
|
||||
with ARCCONF:
|
||||
|
||||
(2a) the BIOS/CTRL-A sees the following RAID segment
|
||||
order:
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
|
||||
(2b) ARCCONF and maxView Storage Manager see the
|
||||
correct RAID segment order:
|
||||
Device 2 (S1)
|
||||
Device 0 (H1)
|
||||
Device 3 (S2)
|
||||
Device 1 (H2)
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.8. RAID 10 Rebuild Order
|
||||
|
||||
With a degraded RAID 10 logical drive, the drive is
|
||||
rebuilt one leg at a time, not in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.9. Locate Logical Drive Blink LED
|
||||
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager, Locate Logical Drive
|
||||
continues to blink the LED for a pulled physical drive
|
||||
in the array after the locate action is stopped.
|
||||
(For unpulled drives, the blinking stops.) This issue is
|
||||
not seen with ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.10. ARCCONF Backward Compatibility
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF is backward compatible with older Adaptec
|
||||
controller models. As a result, the ARCCONF user's guide
|
||||
and online help show command options that are not
|
||||
supported by newer Adaptec controllers, like the
|
||||
Adaptec Series 7 and Adaptec Series 8 or later products.
|
||||
|
||||
Example: With ARCCONF SETMAXCACHE, Adaptec Series 7 and
|
||||
Series 8 controllers do not support ADDTOPOOL or
|
||||
REMOVEFROMPOOL
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.11. Updating Hard Disk Firmware on VMware Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
Updating the firmware for a SAS hard disk drive with
|
||||
ARCCONF/maxView can crash (PSOD) the VMware Guest OS.
|
||||
This issue is seen with SAS hard drives only; with
|
||||
SATA drives, the firmware update completes successfully.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.12. Hot Swap Issues on VMware CentOS Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
Due to a limitation with the VMware CentOS Guest OS
|
||||
network configuration, maxView Storage Manager does not
|
||||
show newly added or removed hot swap drives.
|
||||
(ARCCONF sees the configuration change but maxView
|
||||
does not.)
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: (1) reboot the system or restart maxView
|
||||
services; (2) adjust the network configuration; contact
|
||||
Adaptec Support for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.13. Enclosure Status Reporting
|
||||
|
||||
Enclosure status, in maxView Storage Manager, is
|
||||
event-driven. As a result, enclosures can have a
|
||||
"Degraded" status even if related resources (fan,
|
||||
temperature, power) are performing normally (Optimal
|
||||
status). For instance, the Enclosure status changes
|
||||
to "Degraded" if the system reports an "Enclosure
|
||||
device not responding ..." event, even if other sensor
|
||||
values are normal.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.14. PHY Status on Enclosure Backplanes
|
||||
|
||||
In the Controller Properties window, maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager shows the Connector Info as "unknown" for all
|
||||
PHYs on an enclosure-based backplane (for instance, a
|
||||
backplane attached to connector 1).
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.15. Special Characters in Logical Device Names
|
||||
|
||||
Special characters are permitted in logical device
|
||||
names in maxView Storage Manager, the BIOS, and ARCCONF.
|
||||
However, with Linux ARCCONF (create, setname), special
|
||||
characters must be "escaped" to ensure proper
|
||||
interpretation. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF SETNAME 1 LOGICALDRIVE 1 arc_ldrive%\$12\&
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.16. Speaker Status on SuperMicro SAS2X28 Enclosures
|
||||
|
||||
SuperMicro SAS2X28 enclosures do not propagate
|
||||
the speaker status to maxView Storage Manager. As
|
||||
a result, maxView always displays the speaker
|
||||
status as Off.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.17. Online Help Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o When opening the maxView Storage Manager help
|
||||
from a remote Linux system (eg, over a VPN), the
|
||||
help window may fail to open with a 'can't establish
|
||||
connection to server' message.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: replace 127.0.0.1:8443 in the URL with
|
||||
<system_ip_address>:8443
|
||||
|
||||
o In IE11, topics in the help may display with a 'Topics
|
||||
Not Found' message when their corresponding links are
|
||||
clicked in the navigation pane of the help.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: click on the "Add" browser link to add
|
||||
certification to view the content.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.18. Broadcasting Alerts About Status and Activity
|
||||
|
||||
This feature is not supported by the maxView Storage
|
||||
Manager or ARCCONF and has been removed from the product
|
||||
documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2. Limitations Specific to Series 6, 7, 8 Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.1. RAID-Level Migrations
|
||||
|
||||
o The following RAID-level migrations (RLM) are
|
||||
supported in this release:
|
||||
- RAID 0 to RAID 5
|
||||
- RAID 0 to RAID 10
|
||||
- RAID 5 to RAID 6
|
||||
- RAID 6 to RAID 5
|
||||
- RAID 10 to RAID 5
|
||||
- RAID 5 to RAID 10
|
||||
- RAID 1 to RAID 5
|
||||
- SIMPLE VOLUME to RAID 1
|
||||
- RAID 1 to SIMPLE VOLUME
|
||||
|
||||
o When migrating a Simple Volume to RAID 1, maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager reports the logical drive state as
|
||||
Impacted (rather than Reconfiguring);
|
||||
this is normal.
|
||||
|
||||
o We do not recommend performing a RAID-level
|
||||
migration or Online Capacity Expansion (OCE)
|
||||
on a logical drive with maxCache SSD caching
|
||||
enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: maxView Storage Manager grays out the
|
||||
options for logical drives with maxCache enabled.
|
||||
ARCCONF terminates the task.
|
||||
|
||||
o Always allow a RAID-level migration to complete
|
||||
before creating a support archive file. Otherwise,
|
||||
the support archive will include incorrect
|
||||
partition information. Once the migration is
|
||||
complete, the partition information will be reported
|
||||
correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.2. maxCache Device Migration
|
||||
|
||||
Only one maxCache Device is supported per controller.
|
||||
Moving the maxCache Device (all underlying SSDs) from
|
||||
one controller to another (assuming both controllers
|
||||
support maxCache) is supported only if (1) the new
|
||||
controller does not have a maxCache Device or any other
|
||||
maxCache Device with a conflicting device number and
|
||||
(2) only after a clean shutdown
|
||||
on the old controller.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.3. ARCCONF maxCache Device Size Issue
|
||||
|
||||
ARCCONF supports >2TB maxCache Devices if you create
|
||||
the device with the 'max' parameter. However, the
|
||||
functional limit for the maxCache Device is 2TB,
|
||||
which is also the limit in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.4. Power Management Issues
|
||||
|
||||
o Power management is not supported on FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
o Capturing support logs from maxView or ARCCONF
|
||||
will spin up drives when power management is
|
||||
active. This behavior is by design.
|
||||
|
||||
o The Logical Drive Creation wizard no longer
|
||||
includes the option to enable power management settings.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Enable power management for the
|
||||
logical drive from the Set Properties window.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.5. Verify with Fix
|
||||
|
||||
In maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF, the Verify
|
||||
with Fix operation is NOT available when:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The logical drive has a non-redundant RAID level
|
||||
2. Other tasks are in progress on the logical drive
|
||||
3. The logical drive is in a non-optimal or impacted state
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.6. ATA Secure Erase
|
||||
|
||||
In ARCCONF, the ATA Secure Erase operation cannot
|
||||
be aborted. Once started, it continues to completion.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: ATA Secure Erase is also available in the
|
||||
Ctrl-A BIOS and maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.7. Series 6 Controller Issues
|
||||
|
||||
The following issues are seen only with Adaptec
|
||||
Series 6 RAID controllers:
|
||||
o In maxView Storage Manager, the Preserve Cache
|
||||
option on the Set Properties window is not
|
||||
supported on Series 6 RAID controllers. Attempting
|
||||
to set this option for the Series 6 controller fails.
|
||||
|
||||
o Renaming a RAID volume disables the write-cache
|
||||
(if enabled). You cannot re-enable the write-cache
|
||||
in maxView Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use ARCCONF to enable the write-cache.
|
||||
|
||||
o In a VMware Guest OS under VMware 5.x, maxView
|
||||
Storage Manager and ARCCONF do not detect existing
|
||||
logical drive partitions. As a result,
|
||||
attempting to delete, clear, or erase the logical
|
||||
drive may fail.
|
||||
|
||||
o On Series 6 controllers, maxView Storage Manager
|
||||
deletes partitioned JBODs without issuing a
|
||||
warning message.
|
||||
|
||||
o Series 6 controllers do not support the ARCCONF
|
||||
GETPERFORM command.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.8. Simple Volume Support
|
||||
|
||||
o In this release, you can create a maximum of 128
|
||||
Simple Volumes in maxView Storage Manager, ARCCONF,
|
||||
or the BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
o When a Simple Volume fails, the status remains
|
||||
unchanged after drive replacement.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Manually delete the Simple Volume to
|
||||
remove it.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.9. Auto-Volume Support
|
||||
|
||||
o Changing a controller into Auto-Volume mode
|
||||
(ARCCONF/BIOS) is not supported if the configuration
|
||||
includes any logical device type other than Simple
|
||||
Volume, including a maxCache Device. The mode switch
|
||||
from RAID mode to Auto-Volume mode is blocked if any
|
||||
other type of logical volume exists (including
|
||||
maxCache). After switching to Auto-Volume mode,
|
||||
you can create and delete Simple Volumes
|
||||
only in maxView Storage Manager and ARCCONF.
|
||||
|
||||
o In Auto-Volume mode, only the first 128 RAW drives
|
||||
are converted to Simple Volumes; the rest of the
|
||||
RAW drives remain unchanged. If you uninitialize
|
||||
a Ready drive while the controller is in Auto-Volume
|
||||
mode, the firmware converts the drive automatically
|
||||
until the Simple Volume count reaches the maximum.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.10. Hot-Removing Disk Drives on Xenserver Guest OS
|
||||
|
||||
XenServer does not support "hot-removal" of disk
|
||||
drives from a partitioned logical drive. As a result,
|
||||
if you hot remove a disk from a logical drive,
|
||||
the Guest OS becomes inaccessible because the drive
|
||||
partition remains visible to the OS instead of being cleared.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Reboot the XenServer host, detach the
|
||||
failed partition, then restart the VM.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2.11. Changing Read and Write Cache Settings for
|
||||
Logical Drive
|
||||
|
||||
maxView Storage Manager does not allow you to change
|
||||
the read-cache and write-cache settings for a logical drive
|
||||
in one step. You must click OK after each change.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3. Limitations Specific to Smart Family Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
4.3.1. SES Passthrough Commands to Expanders
|
||||
|
||||
SES passthrough commands to expanders fail.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3.2 Firmware Upgrade Issues
|
||||
|
||||
For systems using Adaptec HBA 1000 with an Adaptec
|
||||
SAS Expander 82885T card, where the ARCCONF utility
|
||||
is used to upgrade the expander firmware, ARCCONF
|
||||
may crash if 64-bit chunk sizes are used.
|
||||
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Use 32-bit chunk sizes to upgrade/downgrade
|
||||
the expander firmware.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2016 Microsemi Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
Microsemi and the Microsemi logo are trademarks of Microsemi
|
||||
Corporation. All other trademarks and service marks are
|
||||
the property of their respective owners.
|
||||
|
||||
PMC-2153191, Issue 2
|
||||
|
||||
Microsemi Corporation (Nasdaq: MSCC) offers a comprehensive
|
||||
portfolio of semiconductor and system solutions for communications,
|
||||
defense and security, aerospace, and industrial markets.
|
||||
Products include high-performance and radiation-hardened
|
||||
analog mixed-signal integrated circuits, FPGAs, SoCs, and
|
||||
ASICs; power management products; timing and synchronization
|
||||
devices and precise time solutions; voice processing devices;
|
||||
RF solutions; discrete components; enterprise storage and
|
||||
communications solutions; security technologies and scalable
|
||||
anti-tamper products; Ethernet solutions; Power-over-Ethernet
|
||||
ICs and midspans; custom design capabilities and services.
|
||||
Microsemi is headquartered in Aliso Viejo, California and has
|
||||
approximately 4,800 employees world-wide.
|
||||
Learn more at www.microsemi.com.
|
||||
|
||||
Microsemi makes no warranty, representation, or guarantee
|
||||
regarding the information contained herein or the suitability
|
||||
of its products and services for any particular purpose,
|
||||
nor does Microsemi assume any liability whatsoever arising
|
||||
out of the application or use of any product or circuit.
|
||||
The products sold hereunder and any other products sold
|
||||
by Microsemi have been subject to limited testing and should
|
||||
not be used in conjunction with mission-critical equipment
|
||||
or applications. Any performance specific ations are believed
|
||||
to be reliable but are not verified, and Buyer must conduct
|
||||
and complete all performance and other testing of the products,
|
||||
alone and together with, or installed in, any end-products.
|
||||
Buyer shall not rely on any data and performance specifications
|
||||
or parameters provided by Microsemi. It is the Buyer's
|
||||
responsibility to independently determine suitability of
|
||||
any products and to test and verify the same. The information
|
||||
provided by Microsemi hereunder is provided as is, where is
|
||||
and with all faults, and the entire risk associated with such
|
||||
information is entirely with the Buyer. Microsemi does not
|
||||
grant, explicitly or implicitly, to any party any patent
|
||||
rights, licenses, or any other IP rights, whether with regard
|
||||
to such information itself or anything described by
|
||||
such information. Information provided in this document is
|
||||
proprietary to Microsemi, and Microsemi reserves the right
|
||||
to make any changes to the information in this document or
|
||||
to any products and services at any time without notice.
|
||||
|
||||
The technology discussed in this document may be protected by
|
||||
one or more patent grants.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -1,678 +0,0 @@
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
README.TXT
|
||||
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager (ASM)
|
||||
|
||||
as of May 7, 2012
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Please review this file for important information about issues
|
||||
and erratas that were discovered after completion of the standard
|
||||
product documentation. In the case of conflict between various
|
||||
parts of the documentation set, this file contains the most
|
||||
current information.
|
||||
|
||||
The following information is available in this file:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
1.1 Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
1.2 Documentation
|
||||
2. Installation and Setup Notes
|
||||
2.1 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
2.2 Minimum System Requirements
|
||||
2.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
2.4 Linux Setup Notes
|
||||
2.5 Debian Linux Setup Notes
|
||||
3. General Cautions and Notes
|
||||
3.1 General Cautions
|
||||
3.2 General Notes
|
||||
4. Operating System-Specific Issues and Notes
|
||||
4.1 Windows - All
|
||||
4.2 Windows 64-Bit
|
||||
4.3 Linux
|
||||
4.4 Debian and Ubuntu
|
||||
4.5 FreeBSD
|
||||
4.6 Fedora and FreeBSD
|
||||
4.7 Linux and FreeBSD
|
||||
4.8 VMware
|
||||
5. RAID Level-Specific Notes
|
||||
5.1 RAID 1 and RAID 5 Notes
|
||||
5.2 RAID 10 Notes
|
||||
5.3 RAID x0 Notes
|
||||
5.4 RAID Volume Notes
|
||||
5.5 JBOD Notes
|
||||
5.6 Hybrid RAID Notes
|
||||
5.7 RAID-Level Migration Notes
|
||||
6. Power Management Issues and Notes
|
||||
7. "Call Home" Issues and Notes
|
||||
8. ARCCONF Issues and Notes
|
||||
9. Other Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
1. Software Versions and Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
1.1. Adaptec Storage Manager Version 7.3.1, ARCCONF Version 7.3.1
|
||||
|
||||
1.2. Documentation on this DVD
|
||||
|
||||
PDF format*:
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager User's Guide
|
||||
- Adaptec RAID Controller Command Line Utility User's Guide
|
||||
|
||||
*Requires Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or later
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and text format:
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager Online Help
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager README.TXT file
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
2. Installation and Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- The Adaptec Storage Manager User's Guide contains complete installation
|
||||
instructions for the Adaptec Storage Manager software. The Adaptec
|
||||
RAID Controllers Command Line Utility User's Guide contains
|
||||
complete installation instructions for ARCCONF, Remote ARCCONF,
|
||||
and the Adaptec CIM Provider. The Adaptec RAID Controllers
|
||||
Installation and User's Guide contains complete installation
|
||||
instructions for Adaptec RAID controllers and drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
2.1 Supported Operating Systems
|
||||
|
||||
- Microsoft Windows*:
|
||||
|
||||
o Windows Server 2008, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Server 2008 R2, 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows SBS 2011, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Storage Server 2008 R2, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows Storage Server 2011, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
o Windows 7, 32-bit and 64-bit
|
||||
|
||||
*Out-of-box and current service pack
|
||||
|
||||
- Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
o Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7, 6.1, IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, 11, IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o Debian Linux 5.0.7, 6.0 IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o Ubuntu Linux 10.10, 11.10, IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o Fedora Linux 14, 15, 16 IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o Cent OS 5.7, 6.2, IA-32 and x64
|
||||
o VMware ESXi 5.0, VMware ESX 4.1 Classic (Agent only)
|
||||
|
||||
- Solaris:
|
||||
|
||||
o Solaris 10,
|
||||
o Solaris 11 Express
|
||||
|
||||
- FreeBSD:
|
||||
|
||||
o FreeBSD 7.4, 8.2
|
||||
|
||||
2.2 Minimum System Requirements
|
||||
|
||||
o Pentium Compatible 1.2 GHz processor, or equivalent
|
||||
o 512 MB RAM
|
||||
o 135 MB hard disk drive space
|
||||
o Greater than 256 color video mode
|
||||
|
||||
2.3 General Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- You can configure Adaptec Storage Manager settings on other
|
||||
servers exactly as they are configured on one server. To
|
||||
replicate the Adaptec Storage Manager Enterprise view tree
|
||||
and notification list, do the following:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Install Adaptec Storage Manager on one server.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Start Adaptec Storage Manager. Using the 'Add remote system'
|
||||
action, define the servers for your tree.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Open the Notification Manager. Using the 'Add system'
|
||||
action, define the notification list.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Exit Adaptec Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Copy the following files onto a diskette from the directory
|
||||
where the Adaptec Storage Manager is installed:
|
||||
|
||||
RaidMSys.ser --> to replicate the tree
|
||||
RaidNLst.ser --> to replicate the notification list
|
||||
RaidSMTP.ser --> to replicate the SMTP e-mail notification list
|
||||
RaidJob.ser --> to replicate the jobs in the Task Scheduler
|
||||
|
||||
6. Install Adaptec Storage Manager on the other servers.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Copy the files from the diskette into the directory where
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager is installed on the other servers.
|
||||
|
||||
2.4 Linux Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- Because the RPM for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 is unsigned, the
|
||||
installer reports that the package is "Unsigned, Malicious Software".
|
||||
Ignore the message and continue the installation.
|
||||
|
||||
- To run Adaptec Storage Manager under Red Hat Enterprise Linux for
|
||||
x64, the Standard installation with "Compatibility Arch Support"
|
||||
is required.
|
||||
|
||||
- To install Adaptec Storage Manager on Red Hat Enterprise Linux,
|
||||
you must install two packages from the Red Hat installation CD:
|
||||
|
||||
o compat-libstdc++-7.3-2.96.122.i386.rpm
|
||||
o compat-libstdc++--devel-7.3-2.96.122.i386.rpm
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The version string in the file name may be different
|
||||
from above. Be sure to check the version string on the
|
||||
Red Hat CD.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, type:
|
||||
|
||||
rpm --install /mnt/compat-libstdc++-7.3-2.96.122.i386.rpm
|
||||
|
||||
where mnt is the mount point of the CD-ROM drive.
|
||||
|
||||
- To install Adaptec Storage Manager on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5,
|
||||
you must install one of these packages from the Red Hat
|
||||
installation CD:
|
||||
|
||||
o libXp-1.0.0-8.i386.rpm (32-Bit)
|
||||
o libXp-1.0.0-8.x86.rpm (64-Bit)
|
||||
|
||||
- To install Adaptec Storage Manager on SuSE Linux Enterprise
|
||||
Desktop 9, Service Pack 1, for 64-bit systems, you must install
|
||||
two packages from the SuSE Linux installation CD:
|
||||
|
||||
- liblcms-devel-1.12-55.2.x86_64.rpm
|
||||
- compat-32bit-9-200502081830.x86_64.rpm
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The version string in the file name may be different
|
||||
from above. Be sure to check the version string on the
|
||||
installation CD.
|
||||
|
||||
- To enable ASM's hard drive firmware update feature on RHEL 64-bit
|
||||
systems, you must ensure that the "sg" module is loaded in the
|
||||
kernel. To load the module manually (if it is not loaded already),
|
||||
use the command "modprobe sg".
|
||||
|
||||
2.5 Debian Linux Setup Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- You can use the ASM GUI on Debian Linux 5.x only if you install
|
||||
the GNOME desktop. Due to a compatibility issue with X11, the
|
||||
default KDE desktop is not supported in this release.
|
||||
|
||||
- To ensure that the ASM Agent starts automatically when Debian
|
||||
is rebooted, you must update the default start and stop values
|
||||
in /etc/init.d/stor_agent, as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
·[Original]
|
||||
# Default-Start: 2 3 5
|
||||
# Default-Stop: 0 1 2 6
|
||||
|
||||
·[Modification]
|
||||
# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5
|
||||
# Default-Stop: 0 1 6
|
||||
|
||||
To activate the changes, execute 'insserv stor_agent', as root.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
3. Adaptec Storage Manager General Cautions and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
3.1 General Cautions
|
||||
|
||||
- This release supports a maximum of 8 concurrent online capacity
|
||||
expansion (OCE) tasks in the RAID array migration wizard.
|
||||
|
||||
- While building or clearing a logical drive, do not remove and
|
||||
re-insert any drive from that logical drive. Doing so may cause
|
||||
unpredictable results.
|
||||
|
||||
- Do not move disks comprising a logical drive from one controller
|
||||
to another while the power is on. Doing so could cause the loss of
|
||||
the logical drive configuration or data, or both. Instead, power
|
||||
off both affected controllers, move the drives, and then restart.
|
||||
|
||||
- When using Adaptec Storage Manager and the CLI concurrently,
|
||||
configuration changes may not appear in the Adaptec Storage
|
||||
Manager GUI until you refresh the display (by pressing F5).
|
||||
|
||||
3.2 General Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager requires the following range of ports
|
||||
to be open for remote access: 34570-34580 (TCP), 34570 (UDP),
|
||||
34577-34580 (UDP).
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager generates log files automatically to
|
||||
assist in tracking system activity. The log files are
|
||||
created in the directory where Adaptec Storage Manager is
|
||||
installed.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidEvt.log - Contains the information reported in
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager event viewer for all
|
||||
local and remote systems.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidEvtA.log - Contains the information reported in
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager event viewer for the
|
||||
local system.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidNot.log - Contains the information reported in the
|
||||
Notification Manager event viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidErr.log - Contains Java messages generated by
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidErrA.log - Contains Java messages generated by the
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager agent.
|
||||
|
||||
o RaidCall.log - Contains the information reported when
|
||||
statistics logging is enabled in ASM.
|
||||
|
||||
Information written to these files is appended to the existing
|
||||
files to maintain a history. However, when an error log file
|
||||
reaches a size of 5 Mbytes, it is copied to a new file with
|
||||
the extension .1 and the original (that is, the .LOG file) is
|
||||
deleted and recreated. For other log files, a .1 file is created
|
||||
when the .LOG file reaches a size of 1 Mbyte. If a .1 file already
|
||||
exists, the existing .1 file is destroyed.
|
||||
|
||||
- In the Event viewer, Adaptec Storage Manager reports both the
|
||||
initial build task for a logical drive and a subsequent Verify/Fix
|
||||
as a "Build/Verify" task.
|
||||
|
||||
- When displaying information about a physical device, the device,
|
||||
vendor and model information may be displayed incorrectly.
|
||||
|
||||
- After using a hot spare to successfully rebuild a redundant
|
||||
logical drive, Adaptec Storage Manager will continue to
|
||||
show the drive as a global hot spare. To remove the hot spare
|
||||
designation, delete it in Adaptec Storage Manager.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
4. Operating System-Specific Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
4.1 Windows - All
|
||||
|
||||
- The Java Virtual Machine has a problem with the 256-color
|
||||
palette. (The Adaptec Storage Manager display may be distorted
|
||||
or hard to read.) Set the Display Properties Settings to a
|
||||
color mode with greater than 256 colors.
|
||||
|
||||
- When you shut down Windows, you might see the message
|
||||
"unexpected shutdown". Windows displays this message if the
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager Agent fails to exit within 3 seconds.
|
||||
It has no effect on file I/O or other system operations and can
|
||||
be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2 Windows 64-Bit
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec RAID controllers do not produce an audible alarm on the
|
||||
following 64-bit Windows operating systems:
|
||||
|
||||
o Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition (all versions)
|
||||
|
||||
4.3 Linux
|
||||
|
||||
- When you delete a logical drive, the operating system can no longer
|
||||
see the last logical drive. WORKAROUND: To allow Linux to see the
|
||||
last logical drive, restart your system.
|
||||
|
||||
- The controller does not support attached CD drives during OS
|
||||
installation.
|
||||
|
||||
- On certain versions of Linux, you may see messages concerning font
|
||||
conversion errors. Font configuration under X-Windows is a known
|
||||
JVM problem. It does not affect the proper operation of the
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager software. To suppress these messages,
|
||||
add the following line to your .Xdefaults file:
|
||||
|
||||
stringConversionWarnings: False
|
||||
|
||||
4.4 Debian and Ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
- To create logical drives on Debian and Ubuntu installations, you
|
||||
must log in as root. It is not sufficient to start ASM with the
|
||||
'sudo /usr/StorMan/StorMan.sh' command (when not logged in as
|
||||
root). WORKAROUND: To create logical drives on Ubuntu when not
|
||||
logged in as root, install the package 'sudo dpkg -i storm_6.50-15645_amd64.deb'.
|
||||
|
||||
4.5 FreeBSD
|
||||
|
||||
- On FreeBSD systems, JBOD disks created with Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
are not immediately available to the OS. You must reboot the
|
||||
system before you can use the JBOD.
|
||||
|
||||
4.6 Fedora and FreeBSD
|
||||
|
||||
- Due to an issue with the Java JDialog Swing class, the 'Close'
|
||||
button may not appear on some Adaptec Storage Manager windows
|
||||
or dialog boxes under FreeBSD or Fedora Linux 15 or higher.
|
||||
WORKAROUND: Press ALT+F4 or right-click on the title bar, then
|
||||
close the dialog box from the pop-up menu.
|
||||
|
||||
4.7 Linux and FreeBSD
|
||||
|
||||
- If you cannot connect to a local or remote Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
installed on a Linux or FreeBSD system, verify that the TCP/IP hosts
|
||||
file is configured properly.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open the /etc/hosts file.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The following is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
127.0.0.1 localhost.localdomain localhost matrix
|
||||
|
||||
2. If the hostname of the system is identified on the line
|
||||
with 127.0.0.1, you must create a new host line.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Remove the hostname from the 127.0.0.1 line.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The following is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
127.0.0.1 localhost.localdomain localhost
|
||||
|
||||
4. On a new line, type the IP address of the system.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Using the Tab key, tab to the second column and enter the
|
||||
fully qualified hostname.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Using the Tab key, tab to the third column and enter the
|
||||
nickname for the system.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The following is an example of a completed line:
|
||||
|
||||
1.1.1.1 matrix.localdomain matrix
|
||||
|
||||
where 1.1.1.1 is the IP address of the server and
|
||||
matrix is the hostname of the server.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Restart the server for the changes to take effect.
|
||||
|
||||
4.8 VMware
|
||||
|
||||
- If you are unable to connect to VMware ESX Server from a
|
||||
remote ASM GUI, even though it appears in the Enterprise
|
||||
View as a remote system, most likely, some required ports
|
||||
are open and others are not. (The VMware ESX firewall blocks
|
||||
most ports, by default.) Check to make sure that all ports
|
||||
34570 thru 34581 are opened on the ESX server.
|
||||
|
||||
- After making array configuration changes in VMware, you must
|
||||
run the "esxcfg-rescan" tool manually at the VMware console
|
||||
to notify the operating system of the new target characteristics
|
||||
and/or availability. Alternatively, you can rescan from the
|
||||
Virtual Infrastructure Client: click on the host in the left
|
||||
panel, select the Configuration tab, choose "Storage Adapters",
|
||||
then, on the right side of the screen, click "Rescan".
|
||||
|
||||
- With VMware ESX 4.1, the OS command 'esxcfg-scsidevs -a'
|
||||
incorrectly identifies the Adaptec ASR-5445 controller as
|
||||
"Adaptec ASR5800". (ASM itself identifies the controller
|
||||
correctly.) To verify the controller name at the OS level,
|
||||
use this command to check the /proc file system:
|
||||
|
||||
# cat /proc/scsi/aacraid/<Node #>
|
||||
|
||||
where <Node #> is 1, 2, 3 etc.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
5. RAID Level-Specific Notes
|
||||
|
||||
5.1 RAID 1 and RAID 5 Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- During a logical device migration from RAID 1 or RAID 5 to
|
||||
RAID 0, if the original logical drive had a spare drive
|
||||
attached, the resulting RAID 0 retains the spare drive.
|
||||
Since RAID 0 is not redundant, you can remove the hot spare.
|
||||
|
||||
5.2 RAID 10 Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- If you force online a failed RAID 10, ASM erroneously shows two
|
||||
drives rebuilding (the two underlying member drives), not one.
|
||||
|
||||
- You cannot change the priority of a RAID 10 verify. Setting
|
||||
the priority at the start of a verify has no effect. The
|
||||
priority is still shown as high. Changing the priority of
|
||||
a running verify on a RAID-10 changes the displayed priority
|
||||
until a rescan is done, then the priority shows as high again.
|
||||
|
||||
- Performing a Verify or Verify/Fix on an RAID 10 displays the
|
||||
same message text in the event log: "Build/Verify started on
|
||||
second level logical drive of 'LogicalDrive_0.'" You may see the
|
||||
message three times for a Verify, but only once for a Verify/Fix.
|
||||
|
||||
5.3 RAID x0 Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- To create a RAID x0 with an odd number of drives (15, 25, etc),
|
||||
specify an odd number of second-level devices in the Advanced
|
||||
settings for the array. For a 25 drive RAID 50, for instance,
|
||||
the default is 24 drives.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This differs from the BIOS utility, which creates RAID x0
|
||||
arrays with an odd number of drives by default.
|
||||
|
||||
- After building or verifying a leg of a second-level logical drive,
|
||||
the status of the second-level logical drive is displayed as a
|
||||
"Quick Initialized" drive.
|
||||
|
||||
5.4 RAID Volume Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- In ASM, a failed RAID Volume comprised of two RAID 1 logical
|
||||
drives is erroneously reported as a failed RAID 10. A failed
|
||||
RAID Volume comprised of two RAID 5 logical drives is
|
||||
erroneously reported as a failed RAID 50.
|
||||
|
||||
5.5 JBOD Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- In this release, ASM deletes partitioned JBODs without issuing
|
||||
a warning message.
|
||||
|
||||
- When migrating a JBOD to a Simple Volume, the disk must be quiescent
|
||||
(no I/O load). Otherwise, the migration will fail with an I/O Read
|
||||
error.
|
||||
|
||||
5.6 Hybrid RAID Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- ASM supports Hybrid RAID 1 and RAID 10 logical drives comprised
|
||||
of hard disk drives and Solid State Drives (SSDs). For a Hybrid
|
||||
RAID 10, you must select an equal number of SSDs and HDDs in
|
||||
“every other drive” order, that is: SSD—HDD—SSD—HDD, and so on.
|
||||
Failure to select drives in this order creates a standard
|
||||
logical drive that does not take advantage of SSD performance.
|
||||
|
||||
5.7 RAID-Level Migration (RLM) Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- We strongly recommend that you use the default 256KB stripe
|
||||
size for all RAID-level migrations. Choosing a different stripe
|
||||
size may crash the system.
|
||||
|
||||
- If a disk error occurs when migrating a 2TB RAID 0 to RAID 5
|
||||
(eg, bad blocks), ASM displays a message that the RAID 5 drive
|
||||
is reconfiguring even though the migration failed and no
|
||||
RAID-level migration task is running. To recreate the
|
||||
logical drive, fix or replace the bad disk, delete the RAID 5
|
||||
in ASM, then try again.
|
||||
|
||||
- When migrating a RAID 5EE, be careful not to remove and re-insert
|
||||
a drive in the array. If you do, the drive will not be included
|
||||
when the array is rebuilt. The migration will stop and the drive
|
||||
will be reported as Ready (not part of array).
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: We strongly recommend that you do not remove and re-insert
|
||||
any drive during a RAID-level migration.
|
||||
|
||||
- When migrating a RAID 6 to a RAID 5, the migration will fail if
|
||||
the (physical) drive order on the target logical device differs
|
||||
from the source; for instance, migrating a four-drive RAID 6 to
|
||||
a three-drive RAID 5.
|
||||
|
||||
- Migrating a RAID 5 with greater than 2TB capacity to RAID 6 or
|
||||
RAID 10 is not supported in this release. Doing so may crash
|
||||
the system.
|
||||
|
||||
- When migrating from a RAID 0 to any redundant logical drive,
|
||||
like RAID 5 or 10, Adaptec Storage Manager shows the status as
|
||||
"Degraded Reconfiguring" for a moment, then the status changes
|
||||
to "Reconfiguring." The "Degraded" status does not appear in
|
||||
the event log.
|
||||
|
||||
- The following RAID-level migrations and online capacity
|
||||
expansions (OCE) are NOT supported:
|
||||
|
||||
o RAID 50 to RAID 5 RLM
|
||||
o RAID 60 to RAID 6 RLM
|
||||
o RAID 50 to RAID 60 OCE
|
||||
|
||||
- During a RAID-level migration, ASM and the BIOS utility show
|
||||
different RAID levels while the migration is in progress. ASM shows
|
||||
the target RAID level; the BIOS utility shows the current RAID level.
|
||||
|
||||
- If a disk error occurs during a RAID-level migration (eg, bad blocks),
|
||||
the exception is reported in the ASM event viewer (bottom pane)
|
||||
and in the support archive file (Support.zip, Controller 1 logs.txt),
|
||||
but not in the main ASM Event Log file, RaidEvtA.log.
|
||||
|
||||
- Always allow a RAID-level migration to complete before gathering
|
||||
support archive information in Support.zip. Otherwise, the Support.zip
|
||||
file will include incorrect partition information. Once the RLM is
|
||||
complete, the partition information will be reported correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
6. Power Management Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- You must use a compatible combination of Adaptec Storage Manager
|
||||
and controller firmware and driver software to use the power
|
||||
management feature. All software components must support power
|
||||
management. You can download the latest controller firmware
|
||||
and drivers from the Adaptec Web site at www.adaptec.com.
|
||||
|
||||
- Power management is not supported under FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
- Power management settings apply only to logical drives in the
|
||||
Optimal state. If you change the power settings on a Failed
|
||||
logical drive, then force the drive online, the previous
|
||||
settings are reinstated.
|
||||
|
||||
- After setting power values for a logical drive in ARCCONF, the
|
||||
settings are not updated in the Adaptec Storage Manager GUI.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
7. "Call Home" Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- The Call Home feature is not supported in this release. To gather
|
||||
statistics about your system for remote analysis, enable statistics
|
||||
logging in ASM, then create a Call Home Support Archive. For more
|
||||
information, see the user's guide.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
8. ARCCONF Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- With VMware ESX 4.1, you cannot delete a logical drive
|
||||
with ARCCONF. WORKAROUND: Connect to the VMware machine from a
|
||||
remote ASM GUI, then delete the logical drive.
|
||||
|
||||
- With Linux kernel versions 2.4 and 2.6, the ARCCONF
|
||||
DELETE <logical_drive> command may fail with a Kernel Oops
|
||||
error message. Even though the drives are removed from the
|
||||
Adaptec Storage Manager GUI, they may not really be deleted.
|
||||
Reboot the controller; then, issue the ARCCONF DELETE command
|
||||
again.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
9. Other Issues and Notes
|
||||
|
||||
- Some solid state drives identify themselves as ROTATING media.
|
||||
As a result, these SSDs:
|
||||
|
||||
o Appear as SATA drives in the ASM Physical Devices View
|
||||
o Cannot be used as Adaptec maxCache devices
|
||||
o Cannot be used within a hybrid RAID array (comprised of
|
||||
SSDs and hard disks)
|
||||
|
||||
- The blink pattern on Adaptec Series 6/6Q/6E/6T controllers differs
|
||||
from Series 2 and Series 5 controllers:
|
||||
|
||||
o When blinking drives in ASM, the red LED goes on and stays solid;
|
||||
on Series 2 and 5 controllers, the LED blinks on and off.
|
||||
|
||||
o When failing drives in ASM (using the 'Set drive state to failed'
|
||||
action), the LED remains off; on Series 2 and 5 controllers, the
|
||||
LED goes on and remains solid.
|
||||
|
||||
- Cache settings for RAID Volumes (Read cache, Write cache, maxCache)
|
||||
have no effect. The cache settings for the underlying logical
|
||||
devices take priority.
|
||||
|
||||
- On rare occasions, ASM will report invalid medium error counts on
|
||||
a SATA hard drive or SSD. To correct the problem, use ARCCONF to
|
||||
clear the device counts. The command is:
|
||||
|
||||
arcconf getlogs <Controller_ID> DEVICE clear
|
||||
|
||||
- On rare occasions, ASM lists direct-attached hard drives and SSDs
|
||||
as drives in a virtual SGPIO enclosure. Normally, the drives are
|
||||
listed in the Physical Devices View under ports CN0 and CN1.
|
||||
|
||||
- Hard Drive Firmware Update Wizard:
|
||||
|
||||
o Firmware upgrade on Western Digital WD5002ABYS-01B1B0 hard drives
|
||||
is not supported for packet sizes below 2K (512/1024).
|
||||
|
||||
o After flashing the firmware of a Seagate Barracuda ES ST3750640NS
|
||||
hard drive, you MUST cycle the power before ASM will show the new
|
||||
image. You can pull out and re-insert the drive; power cycle the
|
||||
enclosure; or power cycle the system if the drive is attached directly.
|
||||
|
||||
- Secure Erase:
|
||||
|
||||
o If you reboot the system while a Secure Erase operation is in
|
||||
progress, the affected drive may not be displayed in Adaptec
|
||||
Storage Manager or other Adaptec utilities, such as the ACU.
|
||||
|
||||
o You can perform a Secure Erase on a Solid State Drive (SSD) to
|
||||
remove the metadata. However, the drive will move to the Failed
|
||||
state when you reboot the system. To use the SSD, reboot to
|
||||
the BIOS, then initialize the SSD. After initialization, the SSD
|
||||
will return to the Ready state. (A SSD in the Failed state cannot
|
||||
be initialized in ASM.)
|
||||
|
||||
- The Repair option in the ASM Setup program may fail to fix a
|
||||
corrupted installation, depending on which files are affected.
|
||||
The repair operation completes successfully, but the software
|
||||
remains unfixed.
|
||||
|
||||
- Adaptec Storage Manager may fail to exit properly when you create
|
||||
64 logical devices in the wizard. The logical devices are still
|
||||
created, however.
|
||||
|
||||
- The "Clear logs on all controllers" action does not clear events
|
||||
in the ASM Event Viewer (GUI). It clears device events, defunct
|
||||
drive events, and controller events in the controllers' log files.
|
||||
To clear events in the lower pane of the GUI, select Clear
|
||||
configuration event viewer from the File menu.
|
||||
|
||||
- Stripe Size Limits for Large Logical Drives:
|
||||
|
||||
The stripe size limit for logical drives with more than 8 hard
|
||||
drives is 512KB; for logical drives with more than 16 hard
|
||||
drives it is 256KB.
|
||||
|
||||
- Agent Crashes when Hot-Plugging an Enclosure:
|
||||
|
||||
With one or more logical drives on an enclosure, removing
|
||||
the enclosure cable from the controller side may crash
|
||||
the ASM Agent.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(c) 2012 PMC-Sierra, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
This software is protected under international copyright laws and
|
||||
treaties. It may only be used in accordance with the terms
|
||||
of its accompanying license agreement.
|
||||
|
||||
The information in this document is proprietary and confidential to
|
||||
PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers' internal use. In any event,
|
||||
no part of this document may be reproduced or redistributed in any
|
||||
form without the express written consent of PMC-Sierra, Inc.,
|
||||
1380 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089.
|
||||
|
||||
P/N DOC-01700-02-A Rev A
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
libstdc++.so.6.0.8
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user